CELEX: 52021PC0384
Language: en
Date: 2021-07-01
Title: Proposal for a COUNCIL IMPLEMENTING DECISION on the approval of the assessment of the recovery and resilience plan for Slovenia

EUROPEAN COMMISSION
            Brussels, 1.7.2021
            COM(2021) 384 final
            2021/0192(NLE)
            Proposal for a
            COUNCIL IMPLEMENTING DECISION 
            on the approval of the assessment of the recovery and resilience plan for Slovenia
            {SWD(2021) 184 final}
            
               
         
         
            
            
            
               2021/0192 (NLE)
            
            
               Proposal for a
            
            
               COUNCIL IMPLEMENTING DECISION
            
            
               on the approval of the assessment of the recovery and resilience plan for Slovenia
            
            
               THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,
            
            
               Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, 
            
            
               Having regard to Regulation (EU) 2021/241 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 12 February 2021 establishing the Recovery and Resilience Facility
                  1
                and in particular Article 20 thereof,
            
            
               Having regard to the proposal from the European Commission,
            
            
               Whereas:
            
            
               (1)The COVID-19 outbreak has had a disruptive impact on the economy of Slovenia. In 2019, the gross domestic product per capita (GDP per capita) of Slovenia was 74 % of the EU average. According to the Commission’s Spring 2021 forecast, real GDP of Slovenia declined by 5,5 % in 2020 and is expected to decline by 0,9 % cumulatively in 2020 and 2021. Longer-standing aspects with an impact on medium-term economic performance include in particular low investment-to-GDP ratio and relatively low level of productivity, as well as challenges linked to a fast ageing society and long-term sustainability of the pension and health systems. 
            
            
               (2)On 9 July 2019 and on 20 July 2020, the Council addressed recommendations to Slovenia in the context of the European Semester. In particular, the Council recommended to take all necessary measures to effectively address the pandemic, sustain the economy and support the ensuing recovery, and to mitigate the social and employment impact of the COVID-19 crisis. It further recommended to improve the resilience of the healthcare and long-term care systems and implement reforms that ensure their quality, accessibility and long-term fiscal sustainability. It recommended to ensure the long-term sustainability and adequacy of the pension system and increase employability of low-skilled and older workers and to improve labour market relevance of education and training. Lastly, it recommended to provide liquidity and financing to businesses and households, to improve the business environment, as well as to invest in research and development, the green transition and the digital transition. Having assessed progress in the implementation of these country-specific recommendations at the time of submission of the recovery and resilience plan, the Commission finds that the recommendation regarding necessary measures to effectively address the COVID-19 pandemic, sustain the economy and support the ensuing recovery has been addressed.
            
            
               (3)[The Council recommendation on the economic policy of the euro area recommended to euro area Member States to take action, including through their recovery and resilience plans, to, inter alia, ensure a policy stance which supports the recovery and to further improve convergence, resilience and sustainable and inclusive growth. The Council recommendation also recommended to strengthen national institutional frameworks, to ensure macro-financial stability and to complete EMU and strengthen the international role of the euro.] [If the Council recommendation is not adopted by the time of the  CID adoption, please remove the recital]
            
            
               (4)On 30 April 2021, Slovenia submitted its national recovery and resilience plan to the Commission, in accordance with Article 18(1) of Regulation (EU) 2021/241. That submission followed a consultation process, conducted in accordance with the national legal framework, of local and regional authorities, social partners, civil society organisations, youth organisations and other relevant stakeholders. The national ownership of the recovery and resilience plans is underpinning their successful implementation and lasting impact at national level and credibility at European level. Pursuant to Article 19 of that Regulation, the Commission has assessed the relevance, effectiveness, efficiency and coherence of recovery and resilience plan, in accordance with the assessment guidelines of Annex V to that Regulation.
            
            
               (5)The recovery and resilience plans should pursue the general objectives of the Recovery and Resilience Facility established by Regulation (EU) 2021/241 and of the EU Recovery Instrument set up by Council Regulation (EU) 2020/2094
                  2
                in order to support the recovery in the aftermath of the COVID-19 crisis. They should promote the Union´s economic, social and territorial cohesion by contributing to the six pillars referred to in Article 3 of Regulation (EU) 2021/241.
            
            
               (6)The implementation of the Member States’ recovery and resilience plans should constitute a coordinated effort of investment and reforms across the Union. Through the coordinated and simultaneous implementation of these reforms and investments and the implementation of cross-border projects, these reforms and investments should mutually reinforce each other and generate positive spillovers across the whole Union. Therefore, about one third of the impact of the Facility on Member States’ growth and job creation should come from spillovers from other Member States.
            
            
               Balanced response contributing to the six pillars
            
            
               (7)In accordance with Article 19(3), point (a) and section 2.1 of Annex V to Regulation (EU) 2021/241, the recovery and resilience plan represents to a large extent (Rating A) a comprehensive and adequately balanced response to the economic and social situation, thereby contributing appropriately to all six pillars referred to in Article 3 of Regulation (EU) 2021/241, taking the specific challenges and the financial allocation of the Member State concerned into account.
            
         
         
            
               (8)The plan contributes to tackling key structural challenges and paves the way for the twin transition to a green and digital economy. It is structured around four clusters on “green transition”, “digital transformation”, “smart, sustainable, and inclusive growth”, and “health and welfare”. Comprehensive reforms in the areas of long-term care, healthcare, labour market and pensions are envisaged and expected to have a long lasting impact, making the country’s social security system more resilient and sustainable.  Green and digital measures are also at the core of the recovery and resilience plan of Slovenia. Concerning the green transition, the plan includes measures that aim to unlock the potential of renewable energy sources while ensuring nature protection, to support the energy renovation of buildings, to mitigate climate change risks, to improve water management, to promote sustainable mobility, and to adopt green budgetary planning and foster circular economy. Significant investments to promote the green transition are also planned throughout the entire plan, including on sustainable tourism accommodations, the promotion of green public procurement and green skills. Concerning the digital transformation, targeted measures are expected to contribute to the digitalisation of both the public and the private sector. Those include the further digitalisation of the public sector, in particular justice and e-health, and measures fostering digital literacy in the education system, the introduction of electronic identification documents for citizens and companies, and some investments in connectivity and digital skills, which aim to reduce the digital divide.
            
            
               (9)The measures that primarily address the pillar of smart, sustainable and inclusive growth include labour market and pension reforms should contribute to raising the employment rate for older workers and potential GDP growth, and address the long-term fiscal sustainability and adequacy of the pension system. Legislation introducing a short-time work scheme is expected to increase the resilience of the labour market to shocks. Dedicated reforms and investments should jointly boost productivity and environmental sustainability in companies, including in the tourism and culture sectors, while reforms of public institutions are expected to contribute to lowering administrative burdens. Smart, sustainable and inclusive growth is supported by further measures, in particular in the field of research,development, and innovation, education, and investments in support of green and digital transitions. To support social and territorial cohesion in Slovenia the plan includes measures to offer affordable housing to mitigate the impact of the crisis on young families and marginalised people, measures to bridge the digital divide between rural and urban areas, reforms of the labour market, reforms of the healthcare and long-term care systems and investments in lifelong learning.  
            
            
               (10)The measures that contribute primarily to the pillar of health, and economic, social and institutional resilience include reforms and investments that aim to strengthen the accessibility, effectiveness and financial sustainability of the health and long-term care systems. They are expected to provide the definition of statutory health insurance rights, restructure the complementary health insurance system, reform the remuneration system for health professions, and ensure its financial sustainability. Investments in the skills of primary care staff, upgrading infrastructure for emergency care and for treatment of infectious diseases are expected to increase the accessibility, resilience and preparedness of the health system. The adoption of a comprehensive legislation regulating long-term care system should integrate both healthcare and social care services, while investments in care homes are expected to improve access and quality of care. The plan also includes important measures to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of public administration, including through its digital transformation. The recovery and resilience plan of Slovenia also includes policies for the next generation such as reforms and investments to improve the quality of education, to equip schools with key infrastructure and competences for the digital and green transition, and to support youth employment. 
            
            
               Addressing all or a significant subset of challenges identified in Country Specific Recommendations
            
            
               (11)In accordance with Article 19(3), point (b) and section 2.2 of Annex V to Regulation (EU) 2021/241, the recovery and resilience plan is expected to contribute to effectively addressing all or a significant subset of challenges (Rating A) identified in the relevant country-specific recommendations, including fiscal aspects thereof addressed to the Member State concerned or challenges identified in other relevant documents officially adopted by the Commission in the context of the European Semester.
            
            
               (12)The plan includes an extensive set of mutually reinforcing reforms and investments that contributes to effectively addressing all or a significant subset of the economic and social challenges outlined in the country-specific recommendations addressed to Slovenia by the Council in the European Semester in 2019 and in 2020, notably in the areas of long-term care, healthcare, pensions and labour market, education and skills, research and development, and innovation, green and digital transition, business environment, and public procurement.
            
            
               (13)The plan includes key structural reforms of the long-term care, healthcare, and pension systems in line with longstanding recommendations. Once implemented, such reforms are expected to (i) significantly enhance the resilience of Slovenia’s social security system; (ii) improve quality and access of long-term care and healthcare and adequacy of pensions; and (iii) contribute to long-term fiscal sustainability in the face of important demographic challenges. The envisaged long-term care act, the first comprehensive legislation in this area in Slovenia, has been under discussion for more than a decade. The reform will establish a new social security pillar focused on the specific needs of those requiring long-term care, ensuring equal access regardless of socio-economic status. A special law is expected to ensure more diversified financing sources, notably with the introduction of compulsory long-term care insurance. For healthcare, the reform is expected to ensure a broad basket of rights under the compulsory health insurance scheme, ensure the financial sustainability of the healthcare system, and improve its management and performance, including through the establishment of an independent body monitoring quality and safety aspects. As regards the labour market, the reforms will increase labour participation and facilitate labour reallocation – especially through training and active labour market policies – which is key in periods of economic transformation. The pension reform will address the fiscal sustainability of the system while ensuring intergenerational fairness and pension adequacy.
            
            
               (14)The plan is expected to contribute to mitigating the social and employment impact of the crisis, including through a reform of short-time work schemes, promotion of more flexible working arrangements, and measures on expanding affordable housing. Moreover, labour market and education measures included in the plan should increase the employability of low-skilled and older workers, improve the labour market relevance of education and training, and promote lifelong learning and activation measures, including through better digital literacy. 
            
            
               (15)The plan also includes structural reforms aimed at strengthening the national institutional framework. It features reforms to improve competition and professionalisation in public procurement. It further contains reforms that improve access to finance and business environment, notably by strengthening capital markets, reducing the administrative burden, and improving digital public services. 
            
            
               (16)The plan is expected to contribute to front-loading mature public investment projects and promoting private investment to support the economic recovery. It focuses investment on the green and digital transition, in particular renewables, energy efficiency in public buildings, flood protection, rail transport, broadband and digital skills and on research, development and innovation. The plan also contributes to promoting digital capacities of businesses, e-commerce and e-health.  
            
            
               (17)The recommendations related to the immediate fiscal policy response to the pandemic can be considered as falling outside the scope of Slovenia’s the recovery and resilience plan notwithstanding the fact that Slovenia has generally responded adequately and sufficiently to the immediate need to support the economy through fiscal means in 2020 and 2021, in line with the provisions of the General Escape Clause. Moreover, the recommendation to achieve the medium-term budgetary objective in 2020 is no longer relevant, due both to the lapsing of the corresponding budgetary period and the activation in March 2020 of the General Escape Clause of the Stability and Growth Pact in the context of the pandemic crisis.
            
            
               Contribution to growth potential, job creation and economic, social and institutional resilience
            
            
               (18)In accordance with Article 19(3), point (c) and section 2.3 of Annex V to Regulation (EU) 2021/241, the recovery and resilience plan is expected to have a high impact (Rating A) on strengthening the growth potential, job creation, and economic, social and institutional resilience of the Member State, contributing to the implementation of the European Pillar of Social Rights, including through the promotion of policies for children and youth, and on mitigating the economic and social impact of the COVID-19 crisis, thereby enhancing the economic, social and territorial cohesion and convergence within the Union.
            
            
               (19)Simulations by the Commission services show that the plan has the potential to increase the GDP of Slovenia by between 1,1 % and 1,7 % by 2026. After 20 years, GDP could be 0,5 % higher
                  3
               . The economic boost provided by the plan is also expected to support the public finances.
            
            
               (20)The recovery and resilience plan of Slovenia is expected to improve the country’s macroeconomic performance, in particular through increasing the productivity of the economy and long-term growth, and the creation of innovative ecosystems of economic and business infrastructure. It further includes measures to improve access to capital for new and innovative companies, to support investment in research and innovation and to improve coordination between research institutes and companies and among researchers. With the creation of a market for alternative investment funds, Slovenia aims to channel more resources into research and innovation by start-ups and small and mid-sized companies. Further measures are expected to raise productivity across the economy through the provision of a more efficient digital and physical infrastructure and investing in human capital, including in specific sectors such as the circular economy, sustainable food systems, tourism, and culture.
            
            
               (21)The recovery and resilience plan of Slovenia addresses employment and social challenges relevant for the implementation of the European Pillar of Social Rights. A scheme supporting young people in their transition to the labour market should foster equal opportunities and labour market access. Adapting working environments to the needs of persons with disabilities should promote inclusion. Several elements of the long-term care and the healthcare reform should improve accessibility and resilience. Investments and reforms in affordable housing should also contribute to social inclusion and poverty reduction. The plan provides for investments in skills and human capital, in promoting life-long training, and in equipping students with the skills for the future, for example those required for the green and digital transitions.
            
            
               Do no significant harm
            
            
               (22)In accordance with Article 19(3), point (d) and section 2.4 of Annex V to Regulation (EU) 2021/241, the recovery and resilience plan is expected to ensure that no measure (Rating A) for the implementation of reforms and investments projects included in the recovery and resilience plan does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) No 2020/852 of the European Parliament and of the Council
                  4
                (the principle of ‘do no significant harm’). 
            
            
               (23)Slovenia has provided a detailed assessment for each measure included in its recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the “do no significant harm” technical guidance of the European Commission (2021/C 58/01). The recovery and resilience plan of Slovenia is expected to ensure that no significant harm is done to environmental objectives by selecting measures that either contribute substantially to an environmental objective, or have no or an insignificant foreseeable impact on environmental objectives. Other measures, including broad support schemes, are designed to ensure compliance with the principle across all stages of implementation, including during the tendering process where applicable, and in all cases in the final outputs. For measures requiring a substantive assessment in accordance with Commission guidance, such as renewables power production and district heating, water management, sustainable mobility, digitalisation, investments in tourism, and new building constructions, Slovenia has committed through its plan and specific milestones and targets to not do significant harm to any of the six environmental objectives. As such, ‘do no significant harm’ criteria are integrated in the milestones related to the selection process for relevant projects and, where applicable, references to an exclusion list in the relevant milestones.
            
            
               Contribution to the green transition including biodiversity 
            
         
         
            
               (24)In accordance with Article 19(3), point (e) and section 2.5 of Annex V to Regulation (EU) 2021/241, the recovery and resilience plan contains measures that contribute to a large extent (Rating A) to the green transition, including biodiversity, or to addressing the challenges resulting therefrom. The measures supporting climate objectives account for an amount which represents 42,4 % of the plan’s total allocation calculated in accordance with the methodology of Annex VI to Regulation (EU) 2021/241. In accordance with Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2021/241, the recovery and resilience plan is consistent with the information included in the National Energy and Climate Plan 2030.
            
            
               (25)In terms of contribution to the Union 2030-2050 climate and energy-related targets and the objective of EU Union climate neutrality by 2050, the plan addresses some of the key policy challenges identified in the Commission’s recommendations
                  5
                to the Slovenian National Climate and Energy Plan. The plan includes key reforms and investments to promote renewable energy by removing regulatory obstacles and developing new renewable capacity and upgrading the electricity distribution grid, while taking into account nature protection needs. The plan also foresees energy efficiency investments with a focus on public buildings and promotes energy efficiency investments in the industry. The plan further promotes the use of public transport, rail passenger and freight transport, the use of alternative fuels in transport, and the digital transformation of rail and road transport. The plan aims to increase resilience towards climate change, with a specific focus on flood risks. The combined effect of those measures is expected to contribute to significant reductions in greenhouse gas emissions, to stimulate new green jobs, and to reduce energy bills, thus ensuring a better living environment for the population and better operating conditions for economic actors. 
            
            
               (26)The plan also contributes to the Union’s further environmental policy objectives. The plan is expected to increase the efficiency of the water management system and accelerate the transition to a circular economy, in particular by integrating circular public procurement principles and introducing green budgetary planning. The plan contains no measures having biodiversity as their objective. However, some of the measures for climate mitigation and adaptation may also be beneficial to the preservation of biodiversity, as climate change is one of the main threats to biodiversity. The plan is expected to support indirectly biodiversity with a key reform on forest conservation and development, by promoting nature-based solutions for climate change adaptation measures, and by prioritising wastewater systems upgrades with positive impacts on Natura 2000 areas.  Slovenia has carried out a systematic do-no-significant-harm assessment indicating that none of the proposed measures generates harm to biodiversity.
            
            
               Contribution to the digital transition 
            
            
               (27)In accordance with Article 19(3), point (f) and section 2.6 of Annex V to Regulation (EU) 2021/241, the recovery and resilience plan contains measures that contribute to a large extent (Rating A) to the digital transition or to addressing the challenges resulting from it. The measures supporting digital objectives account for an amount which represents 21,4 % of the plan’s total allocation calculated in accordance with the methodology of Annex VI to Regulation (EU) 2021/241. 
            
            
               (28)The plan has a strong focus on the digitalisation of the public administration, proposing a comprehensive package of reforms and investments to accelerate the country’s digital transformation and to provide user-centric, interoperable and secure services. The plan includes the adoption of a Broadband Plan with the objective to ensure coverage across Slovenia by 2025, improvements in the capacity to respond to cybersecurity incidents, the introduction of a national e-identity and the simplification of user registration for the use of public e-services. The plan supports the development of digital infrastructure and advanced and user-friendly digital solutions and services in various areas of the public administration, such as internal security, education, science and sport, spatial planning and environment, agriculture, food and forestry, culture, justice, and e-health. As regards the private sector, the plan includes a strategy for the digital transformation of companies, the introduction of a single digital identity card for companies, and the adoption of guidelines for innovative procurement to enhance high-tech innovation potential of small and medium enterprises. Such measures are underpinned by investments aimed at transforming business processes and closing the digital gap for more traditional companies. 
            
            
               (29)The plan adopts a holistic approach as the reforms and investments proposed for the digitalisation are supported by two key structural elements: providing better connectivity for households and schools and increasing the digital skills of workers, civil servants, teachers and students. Large-scale trainings and a competence centre should support improvement of digital skills in the public sector. Basic computing and digital competences should be integrated in the schools’ curricula and investments in educational institutions should adapt the learning process in view of the digital transition. The effects of those measures are expected to increase Slovenia’s competitiveness, lower the administrative burdens and facilitate market access, simplify the procedures and interaction with public services, provide access to connectivity for more households and education establishments, and contribute to maximising for Slovenia the potential of the digital sector.
            
            
               Lasting impact
            
            
               (30)In accordance with Article 19(3), point (g) and section 2.7 of Annex V to Regulation (EU) 2021/241, the recovery and resilience plan is expected to have a lasting impact on Slovenia to a large extent (Rating A). 
            
            
               (31)The envisaged reforms of the healthcare, long-term care and pension systems are expected to lastingly improve the social security system in Slovenia, in terms of service provision to all citizens, efficiency, adequacy, and financial sustainability. Those reforms are expected to make a lasting contribution in addressing the key socio-economic challenges of a rapidly aging society. The long-term care reform is expected to establish a new comprehensive regime integrating both healthcare and social care services. The healthcare reform should contribute to the accessibility, quality, and financial sustainability of the system. Related investments should improve the capacity and quality of long-term care and healthcare services in Slovenia, including the accessibility and responsiveness of the health system. Reforms to the pension system and labour market regulations, together with more effective active labour market policy and targeted investments in trainings, should promote longer working lives and ensure the medium and long term sustainability and adequacy of the pension system, thus raising long-term growth.
            
            
               (32)The implementation of the reforms envisaged in the recovery and resilience plan is expected to bring about significant structural changes to public administration, improving its effectiveness and efficiency. The adoption of a civil service management strategy, the establishment of a competence centre, and the reform of the civil service legislation are foreseen to modernise the human resources management system in the Slovenian public administration. Furthermore, the plan aims at upgrading skills, including digital, of civil servants while the introduction of a new public sector wage system is expected to improve incentives and performance. Further measures aimed at simplifying existing laws and regulations are set to be adopted as part of the legislative packages on aimed at reducing bureaucracy. Reform efforts should also focus on establishing a more efficient management of national and municipal spatial planning and on modernising the public procurement system in Slovenia in compliance with respective EU requirements. Moreover, the provision of public e-services for citizens and businesses should be upgraded and its governance strengthened with the establishment of the Informatics Development Council, which should ensure the coherence and cost-efficiency of IT development activities in the public administration. Importantly, the plan also aims to increase the level of cybersecurity, making the country’s digital infrastructure more resilient. 
            
            
               (33)In the area of investment, a lasting structural change is expected from the measures to boost productivity and investments of companies, including those in the tourism sector. Further investments should accelerate the digital transformation of the public sector and companies. The largest investment in the plan should contribute to climate change adaptation with a focus on civil protection and flood prevention, while many others should directly contribute to climate change mitigation. Investments in sustainable transport are expected to contribute to significant reductions in greenhouse gas emissions and air pollution from transport, thus ensuring a better living environment for the population and better operating conditions for economic operators. Further measures should support the energy efficiency of the economy. Measures increasing the conservation of forests should support a more resilient economy in rural areas. Key investments in healthcare should boost e-health and improve the infrastructure and treatment of infectious and communicable diseases, thus contributing to the health’s system preparedness and resilience.
            
            
               (34)Lasting impact of the plan can also be enhanced through synergies between the plan and other programmes financed by the cohesion policy funds, notably by addressing in a substantive manner the deeply rooted territorial challenges and promoting a balanced development.
            
            
               Monitoring and implementation
            
            
               (35)In accordance with Article 19(3), point (h) and section 2.8 of Annex V to Regulation (EU) 2021/241, the arrangements proposed in the recovery and resilience plan are adequate (Rating A) to ensure effective monitoring and implementation of the recovery and resilience plan, including the envisaged timetable, milestones and targets, and the related indicators. 
            
            
               (36)Milestones, targets, and indicators for the implementation are of sufficient quality to ensure the effective monitoring of the recovery and resilience plan. The request for loans is accompanied by further milestones and targets to measure progress in the additional reforms and investments supported. Milestones and targets are sufficiently detailed and clear, focusing on output indicators and key steps in the reform or investment process. They strike an appropriate balance between realism and ambition within the timeline of the Recovery and Resilience Facility. The sequencing of milestones and targets is sufficiently regular to allow progress to be monitored and is commensurate with the importance of the given reform or investment. Arrangements and mechanisms to collect, store and report data on the milestones and targets are described and appear adequate. The Coordinating Authority should have the overall responsibility for monitoring and implementing the plan as a whole and should be responsible for drawing up and signing the management declaration.
            
            
               (37)Member States should ensure that financial support under the Facility is communicated and acknowledged in line with Article 34 of Regulation (EU) 2021/241. Technical support may be requested under the Technical Support Instrument to assist Member States in the implementation of their plan. 
            
            
               Costing
            
            
               (38)In accordance with Article 19(3), point (i) and section 2.9 of Annex V to Regulation (EU) 2021/241, the justification provided in the plan on the amount of the estimated total costs of the recovery and resilience plan is to a medium extent (Rating B) reasonable and plausible, is in line with the principle of cost efficiency and is commensurate to the expected national economic and social impact.
            
            
               (39)Slovenia has  provided  individual  cost  estimates  for  all  investments  and  reforms  with an associated cost included in the recovery and resilience plan. The plan includes adequate descriptions of the methods used in calculating the costs and the relevant justifications. The calculations rely on generally reasonable unit costs or on the experience gathered in recent projects, although in some cases underlying assumptions could be better justified. They are usually supported by evidence of comparable costs, with the necessary adjustments, that allows plausibility assessment for the vast majority of measures. In some cases, while cost estimates remain plausible, they are in the higher range of other comparable costs. For a very limited number of measures, the link between provided documents and cost estimates is not sufficiently clear. A solid control and audit system to be put in place and the public procurement framework shall further ensure cost efficiency at the plan level. Finally, the estimated total cost of the recovery and resilience plan is in line with the principle of cost-efficiency and is commensurate to the expected national economic and social impact. 
            
         
         
            
               Protection of financial interests 
            
            
               (40)In accordance with Article 19(3), point (j) and section 2.10 of Annex V to Regulation (EU) 2021/241, the arrangements proposed in the recovery and resilience plan and the additional measures contained in this Decision are adequate (Rating A) to prevent, detect and correct corruption, fraud and conflicts of interests when using the funds provided under that Regulation, and the arrangements are expected to effectively avoid double funding from that Regulation and other Union programmes. This is without prejudice to the application of other instruments and tools to promote and enforce compliance with EU law, including for preventing, detecting and correcting corruption, fraud and conflicts of interests, and for protecting the Union finances in line with Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2020/2092 of the European Parliament and of the Council.
            
            
               (41)The plan clearly identifies the responsible entities for its implementation and sets out their respective roles and responsibilities for the performance of the internal control tasks. The relevant functions are appropriately segregated. The control system and other relevant arrangements, including the collection and dissemination of data to the final recipients, are adequate in dealing with prevention, detection and dealing with corruption, fraud, conflict of interest and preventing double funding from the Facility and other Union programmes. The actors responsible for controls should have the necessary legal empowerment and administrative capacity to exercise their planned roles and tasks. Such commitments are part of a specific milestone on control and audit systems.
            
            
               (42)The establishment of the Coordinating Body, adoption of a National Decree and Guidelines of the Coordination Body laying out the procedures for carrying out audits and controls in compliance with applicable Union and national legislation and upgrade of the national IT system are included as a milestone that needs to be completed prior to the first disbursement of funding.
            
            
               Coherence of the plan
            
            
               (43)In accordance with Article 19(3), point (k) and section 2.11 of Annex V to Regulation (EU) 2021/241, the plan includes to a high extent (Rating A) measures for the implementation of reforms and public investment projects that represent coherent actions. 
            
            
               (44)The plan is structured around four coherent clusters, which are expected to contribute to the objectives of Regulation (EU) 2021/241. The wide range of measures ensures an appropriate balance between mutually reinforcing reforms and investments. In particular, the entry into force of reforms early in the timeline of the plan ensures a supportive environment for the realisation of investments, which in turn contribute to the objectives of the reform. The plan includes important reform elements to close the generational gap, ensure the accessibility, quality, and sustainability of healthcare, and further the green and digital transition, which are complemented by targeted investments that contribute towards achieving the reform objectives. Each cluster is built around components including consistent packages of both reforms and investments, pursuing complementary aims and mutually reinforcing measures. At the overall level of the plan, all clusters pursue complementary objectives and represent coherent actions.
            
            
               Equality
            
            
               (45)The plan contains measures that aim to ensure or promote gender equality and equal opportunities for all, such as investments in affordable housing and labour market measures for inclusion of disabled persons. Equality considerations are mainstreamed across the various components, such as in ensuring accessibility in renovated public buildings. In the plan, Slovenia commits to ensure that respect for gender equality and equality for all is safeguarded at all stages of preparation and implementation of the envisaged reforms and investments. 
            
            
               Security self-assessment
            
            
               (46)In accordance with Article 18(4), point (g) to Regulation (EU) 2021/241, the plan includes a security-self assessment. As regards connectivity investments, where digital solutions are based on the use of new generation 5G networks, the 5G investments will be subject to the legislation implementing the European Commission Communication of 29 January 2020 Secure 5G deployment in the EU — Implementing the EU toolbox
                  6
               . Throughout the plan, several components include a section that explains the contribution of the measures to the Union’s open strategic autonomy and security issues.
            
            
               Cross-border and multi-country projects 
            
            
               (47)The recovery and resilience plan of Slovenia includes four multi-country projects. The European common data infrastructure and services and Low-Power Processors and Semiconductor Chips may take the form of planned Important Projects of Common European Interest (IPCEI). The objectives of the former project (Next Generation Cloud Infrastructure and Services) include the development of a new generation of energy-saving infrastructure and services from edge to cloud to ultimately equipping the Union with global, forward-looking, ultra-secure, green industrial data processing capabilities, while the latter project aims to strengthen planning capabilities and increase the innovativeness and resilience of semiconductor value chains in the Union. In addition, multi-country projects related to the European Blockchain Services Infrastructure and the European quantum communication infrastructure aim to integrate with a series of national infrastructures and to establish a national quantum communication infrastructure network connected to the national networks of neighbouring countries.  
            
            
               Consultation process
            
            
               (48)For the preparation of the recovery and resilience plan, Slovenia carried out a consultation with local and regional authorities, social partners, civil society organisations and other relevant stakeholders. 
            
            
               (49)For the implementation of the plan, further consultations with social partners or relevant stakeholders are envisaged on reforms related to the pension system, health system, flexible forms of work, public sector pay system, and renewable energy sources before the adoption of the relevant legislation. To ensure ownership by the relevant actors, it is crucial to involve all local authorities and stakeholders concerned, including social partners, throughout the implementation of the investments and reforms included in the plan. 
            
            
               Positive assessment
            
            
               (50)Following the positive assessment of the Commission concerning the Slovenian recovery and resilience plan with the finding that the plan satisfactorily complies with the criteria for assessment set out in Regulation (EU) 2021/241, in accordance with Article 20(2) of that Regulation, this Decision should set out the reforms and investment projects necessary for the implementation of the plan, the relevant milestones, targets and indicators, and the amount made available from the Union for the implementation of the plan in the form of non-repayable financial and loan support.
            
            
               Financial contribution
            
            
               (51)The estimated total cost of the recovery and resilience plan of Slovenia is EUR 2 482 687 549. As the recovery and resilience plan satisfactorily complies with the criteria for assessment set out in Regulation (EU) 2021/241 and, furthermore, as the amount of the estimated total costs of the recovery and resilience plan is higher than the maximum financial contribution available for Slovenia, the financial contribution allocated for Slovenia’s recovery and resilience plan should be equal to the total amount of the financial contribution available for Slovenia.
            
         
         
            
               (52)In accordance with Article 11(2) of Regulation (EU) 2021/241, the calculation of the maximum financial contribution for Slovenia is to be updated by 30 June 2022. As such, in accordance with Article 23(1) of that Regulation, an amount for Slovenia should be made available now for a legal commitment by 31 December 2022. Where necessary following the updated maximum financial contribution, the Council, on a proposal from the Commission, should amend this Decision to include the updated maximum financial contribution without undue delay.
            
            
               (53)Furthermore, in order to support additional reforms and investments, Slovenia has requested loan support. The maximum volume of the loan requested by Slovenia is less than 6,8 % of its 2019 Gross National Income in current prices. The amount of the estimated total costs of the recovery and resilience plan is higher than the combined financial contribution available for Slovenia and requested loan support. 
            
            
               (54)The support to be provided is to be financed from the borrowing by the Commission on behalf of the Union on the basis of Article 5 of Council Decision (EU, Euratom) 2020/2053
                  7
               . The support should be paid in instalments once Slovenia has satisfactorily fulfilled the relevant milestones and targets identified in relation to the implementation of the recovery and resilience plan.
            
            
               (55)Slovenia has requested pre-financing of 13 % of the financial contribution. That amount should be made available to Slovenia subject to the entry into force and in accordance with the Financing Agreement provided for in Article 23(1) of Regulation (EU) 2021/241.
            
            
               (56)This Decision should be without prejudice to the outcome of any procedures relating to the award of Union funds under any other Union programme than Regulation (EU) 2021/241 or to procedures relating to distortions of the operation of the internal market that may be undertaken, in particular under Articles 107 and 108 of the Treaty. It does not override the requirement for Member States to notify instances of potential State aid to the Commission under Article 108 of the Treaty,
            
            
               HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:
            
            
               Article 1
                  Approval of the assessment of the recovery and resilience plan 
            
            
               The assessment of the recovery and resilience plan of Slovenia on the basis of the criteria provided for by Article 19(3) of Regulation (EU) 2021/241 is approved. The reforms and investment projects under the recovery and resilience plan, the arrangements and timetable for monitoring and implementation of the recovery and resilience plan, including the relevant milestones and targets and the additional milestones and targets related to the payment of the loan, the relevant indicators relating to the fulfilment of the envisaged milestones and targets, and the arrangements for providing full access by the Commission to the underlying relevant data are set out in the Annex to this Decision.
            
            
               Article 2
                  Financial contribution 
            
            
               1.The Union shall make available to Slovenia a financial contribution in the form of non-repayable support amounting to EUR 1 776 927 281.
                  8
                 An amount of EUR 1 280 114 102 shall be available to be legally committed by 31 December 2022. Subject to the update provided for in Article 11(2) of Regulation (EU) 2021/241 calculating an amount for Slovenia equal to or more than this amount, a further amount of EUR 496 813 179 shall be available to be legally committed from 1 January 2023 until 31 December 2023. 
            
            
               2.The Union financial contribution shall be made available by the Commission to Slovenia in instalments in accordance with the Annex to this Decision. An amount of EUR 231 000 547 shall be made available as a pre-financing payment, equal to 13 per cent of the financial contribution. The pre-financing and instalments may be disbursed by the Commission in one or several tranches. The size of the tranches shall be subject to the availability of funding.
            
            
               3.The pre-financing shall be released subject to the entry into force and in accordance with the Financing Agreement provided for in Article 23(1) of Regulation (EU) 2021/241. Pre-financing shall be cleared by being proportionally deducted against the payment of the instalments.
            
            
               4.The release of instalments in accordance with the Financing Agreement shall be conditional on available funding and a decision by the Commission, taken in accordance with Article 24 of Regulation (EU) 2021/241, that Slovenia has satisfactorily fulfilled the relevant milestones and targets identified in relation to the implementation of the recovery and resilience plan. Subject to the entry into force of the legal commitments referred to in paragraph 1, to be eligible for payment, milestones and targets shall be completed no later than 31 August 2026.
            
            
               Article 3
               Loan support
            
            
               1.The Union shall make available to Slovenia a loan amounting to a maximum of EUR 705 370 000. 
            
            
               2.The loan support shall be made available by the Commission to Slovenia in instalments in accordance with the Annex to this Decision. The instalments may be disbursed by the Commission in one or several tranches. The size of the tranches shall be subject to the availability of funding. 
            
            
               3.The release of instalments in accordance with the Loan Agreement shall be conditional on available funding and a decision by the Commission, taken in accordance with Article 24 of Regulation (EU) 2021/241, that Slovenia has satisfactorily fulfilled the additional milestones and targets covered by the loan and identified in relation to the implementation of the recovery and resilience plan. To be eligible for payment, the additional milestones and targets covered by the loan shall be completed no later than 31 August 2026.
            
            
               Article 4
                  Addressee
            
            
               This Decision is addressed to the Republic of Slovenia.
            
            
               Done at Brussels,
            
         
         
            
               
                     For the Council
               
               
                     The President
               
            
         
         
            
                  
                     (1)
                  
                        OJ L 57, 18.2.2021, p. 17-75.
               
               
                  
                     (2)
                  
                        Council  Regulation  (EU)  2020/2094  of  14  December  2020  establishing  a  European  Union  Recovery Instrument to support the recovery in the aftermath of the COVID-19 crisis (OJ L 433I , 22.12.2020, p. 23.)
               
               
                  
                     (3)
                  
                        Such simulations reflect the overall impact of NGEU, which also includes funding for ReactEU, and increased funding for Horizon Europe, InvestEU, JTF, Rural Development and RescEU. Such simulation does not include the possible positive impact of structural reforms, which can be substantial
               
               
                  
                     (4)
                  
                        Regulation (EU) 2020/852 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 June 2020 on the establishment of a framework to facilitate sustainable investment, and amending Regulation (EU) 2019/2088 (OJ L 198, 22.6.2020, p. 13).
               
               
                  
                     (5)
                  
                        SWD (2020) 923 final
               
               
                  
                     (6)
                  
                        COM(2020) 50
               
               
                  
                     (7)
                  
                        OJ L 424, 15.12.2020, p. 1.
               
               
                  
                     (8)
                  
                        This amount corresponds to the financial allocation after deduction of Slovenia’s proportional share of the expenses of Article 6(2) of Regulation (EU) 2021/241, calculated in accordance with the methodology of Article 11 of that Regulation.
               
            
      
    ---documentbreak--- 
      
         
               EUROPEAN COMMISSION
            Brussels, 1.7.2021
            COM(2021) 384 final
            ANNEX
            to the 
            Proposal for a Council Implementing Decision
            on the approval of the assessment of the recovery and resilience plan for Slovenia
            {SWD(2021) 184 final}
            
               
         
         
            
               ANNEX 
            
            
            
               SECTION 1: REFORMS AND INVESTMENTS UNDER THE RECOVERY AND RESILIENCE PLAN
            
            
            
               1.Description of Reforms and Investments 
            
            
               A. COMPONENT 1: RENEWABLE ENERGY AND ENERGY EFFICIENCY 
            
            
               This component of the Slovenian recovery and resilience plan addresses several challenges faced by the producers and the consumers of renewable energy in Slovenia, as well as old and inefficient district heating systems, losses in the electricity distribution system, and the limited use of energy management systems. 
            
            
               The objectives of the component are to increase the use of renewable energy sources, improve energy efficiency, and reduce greenhouse gas emissions. The reforms supporting the investments include regulatory changes to unlock the production potential of renewable energy, strengthen the electricity grid, and improve energy efficiency in the economy. The investments supported by these reforms relate to increasing the share of electricity from renewable energy sources, reducing losses on the electricity grid, and promoting energy efficiency measures in industry.
            
            
               These investments and reforms shall contribute to the Country Specific Recommendations addressed to Slovenia in the past two years to “focus investment-related economic policy on […] low carbon and energy transition (Country Specific Recommendation 3, 2019) and to “focus on investments for the green […] transition, in particular on clean and efficient energy production and use, environmental infrastructure” (Country Specific Recommendation 3, 2020).
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).  
            
            
               A.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform A: Reform of the promotion of renewable energy sources in Slovenia
            
            
               The objective of the reform is accelerating the roll-out of renewable technologies in the electricity sector. The reform shall also support the national contribution to the Union renewables target. 
            
            
               The reform shall be implemented through the entry into force of the Law on the Promotion of the Use of Energy from Renewable Energy Sources. The Law shall support the acceleration and emergence of additional renewables projects by lifting certain legal and administrative barriers, in the area of spatial planning, and by establishing a single point of contact to assist customers in all procedures for the installation and operation of renewable energy sources. The reform shall also take into account the results of a biodiversity mapping of the potential of renewable energy sources across the entire territory of the Republic of Slovenia.
            
            
               The milestones and targets related to the implementation of the reform shall be completed by 31 December 2024. 
            
            
               Reform C: Energy efficiency in the economy
            
            
               The objective of the reform is to increase the energy efficiency potential of industry in Slovenia. 
            
            
               The reform shall promote industrial energy efficiency investments through the adoption of Rules of Procedure establishing the conditions for large undertakings to obtain exemptions from charges levied to finance renewables and combined heat and power charges. Such conditions shall include, inter alia, the implementation of energy management systems or of certain recommendations of energy efficiency audits. An Action Plan setting out a new governance model for renewable energy producers shall be adopted, with the objective to facilitate market access and exchanges with industrial consumers through a digital platform. At least 20 companies shall obtain an e-card for the tracking of energy or resource efficiency. 
            
            
               The reform shall also pay particular attention to the energy efficiency potential of the construction sector with the adoption of a Building Information Modelling Strategy to promote the use of building information models both in the building construction and in the management phase. 
            
         
         
            
               The milestones and targets related to the implementation of the reform shall be completed by 31 December 2024.
            
            
               Investment D: Energy efficient restructuring of district heating systems with the use of renewable sources
            
            
               The objective of this investment is to increase the energy efficiency of district heating and cooling systems. An assessment made in 2017 concluded that only around two-thirds of the district heating and cooling systems qualified as energy efficient systems. 
            
            
               This investment shall increase the energy efficiency of three district heating and cooling systems. The investment shall be implemented through a competitive tender procedures launched in 2022 and shall exclude the use of biomass in breach of the requirements of Directive (EU) 2018/2001. 
            
            
               It is expected that this measure does not do significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measure and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01). In particular, the upgrading of the efficient district heating system shall not use fossil fuels as a heat source but rely solely on renewable sources
            
            
               The milestones and targets related to the implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2025.
            
            
               Investment F: Strengthening the electricity distribution network (transformer stations)
            
            
               The objective of the investment is to modernise the electricity distribution network in line with the increasing amount of renewables electricity consumption and to enable the connection of renewables generating installations, heat pumps and recharging points for electric vehicles. 
            
            
               The investment consists in the construction and entry into operation of 980 new transformer stations. 
            
            
               The milestones and targets related to the implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               Investment G: Investments to increase energy efficiency in the economy
            
            
               The objective of the investment is to facilitate exchanges between renewable producers and industrial consumers and support the development of innovative energy efficiency solutions.
            
            
               The investment consists in the set-up and operationalisation of a digital platform for the renewable electricity market. The platform is expected to increase the level of demand-response services and other possible green solutions. 
            
            
               The investment shall also improve the functioning of the national emissions trading system registry through the implementation of advanced technologies, with the aim of increasing transparency and reducing fraud risks. In addition, a regulatory sandbox for the promotion of demand-response technologies shall be established and made operational. The regulatory sandbox aims to support three pilot projects for innovative technology services that shall contribute to the upgrade of the regulatory framework.
            
            
               The milestones and targets related to the implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2022.
            
            
            
               A.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
                     
                        Sequential Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicators   (for milestones)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicators   (for targets)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Indicative timeline for completion 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit of measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Baseline 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quarter
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Reform of the promotion of renewable energy sources in Slovenia
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Act on the Promotion of the Use of Energy from Renewable Energy Sources 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the law indicating the entry into force of the Act on the Promotion of the Use of Energy from Renewable Energy Sources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Act shall regulate the use of renewable energy sources by the state and municipalities and set a binding target for the share of energy from renewable sources in gross final consumption in the Republic of Slovenia. 
                     
                     
                        It shall specify measures to achieve this target and the methods of financing them, including the shortening of permit and authorisation procedures for the installation, connection and operation of renewables generating installations (solar and wind) of all sizes. In particular, it shall implement the recommendations resulting from ongoing technical assistance on the revision of legislation for spatial planning of wind power plants, financed under the Technical Support Instrument.  It shall further include guarantees of origin for energy from renewable sources in the heating and cooling and transport sector, administrative procedures and the information and training of installers. It shall establish a single point of contact for investors in generating installations.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Reform of the promotion of renewable energy sources in Slovenia
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A single point to support investors in obtaining approvals for the installation and connection of generating installations to renewable energy sources is operational
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Single point of contact is operational 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The contact point guides investors through licence applications and other acts and assists the entire administrative process. At the request of the applicant, the contact point shall direct applications for authorisations and other acts and assist the applicant throughout the administrative procedure.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Reform of the promotion of renewable energy sources in Slovenia
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Shortening and simplifying connection of self-supply facilities up to 20 kW
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number (days)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        60
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        30
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Act on the Promotion of the Use of Energy from Renewable Energy Sources shall provide for a maximum time for connection of installations of up to 20kW of 30 days. The authorities shall comply with the principles of proportionality, transparency, energy efficiency, and non-discrimination.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Energy efficient restructuring of district heating systems with the use of renewable sources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Opening of a call for tender for renewable energy sources in district heating systems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication of the tender specifications
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Call for tender opened for investments increasing the share of renewable energy sources in district heating systems. The call shall be open until the budgetary envelope is exhausted. The selection/ eligibility criteria shall ensure compliance with the ‘do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) and in particular that   the restructured district heating and cooling systems shall comply with Directive 2012/27/EU; and that,  in the case of biomass utilisation, the biomass shall be in line with Directive (EU) 2018/2001.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Energy efficient restructuring of district heating systems with the use of renewable sources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Additional capacity of renewable energy sources in district heating systems 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                     
                        (MW)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        26
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed projects for additional capacity of renewable energy sources in district heating systems in accordance with the selection criteria in milestone 4.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        6
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        F: Strengthening the electricity distribution network (transformer stations)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Opening of a call for tender for electricity transformer stations
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication of the tender specifications
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Call for tender opened for the construction of transformer stations. The call shall be open until the budgetary envelope is exhausted. Tender conditions shall ensure in particular criteria for the effective integration of renewable energy production and storage facilities, including recharging points for electric vehicles. In addition to all mandatory national and European rules laying down requirements for construction and environmental interventions, selection/eligibility criteria shall ensure compliance with the ‘do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01). 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        7
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        F: Strengthening the electricity distribution network (transformer stations)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of new electricity transformer stations in operation 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        980
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        980 new electricity transformer stations shall be operational, in compliance with requirements under milestone 6. 
                     
                     
                         
                     
                  
               
                     
                        8
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Energy efficiency in the economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Governance model to support renewable energy sources producers in market access and exchange of energy with industrial consumers
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adoption of an action plan for establishing a governance model for renewable energy sources electricity producers 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The governance model for energy efficiency in enterprises shall be adopted by the Government of the Republic of Slovenia as part of an Action Plan. It shall enable producers of electricity from renewable energy sources to be integrated into the digital platform (stock exchange/market), with the aim of improving the efficiency of the supply of renewable energy srouces and improving market access for these producers.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        9
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Energy efficiency in the economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of enterprises with acquired e-cards on energy and material efficiency 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        20
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 20 companies shall have obtained an e-card for support the tracking of energy or resource efficiency.
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        10
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Energy efficiency in the economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Increased implementation of recommendations from energy audits 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        % (Percen
                     
                     
                        tage)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        10
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An average increase of at least 10% of the recommendations made to companies implemented as compared to the latest audit. On the basis of e-cards, companies are expected to monitor and record compliance with the recommendations of energy audits in companies on the basis of pre-defined categories, such as establishment of energy management, appointment of a person to monitor the implementation of the recommendations, and electricity savings due to improvements introduced.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        11
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         G: Investments to increase energy efficiency in the economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contract for the participation of business consortia in  pilot projects in  the regulatory sandbox
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Communication of awards
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contract for pilot projects to develop technological solutions to increase energy efficiency in companies supported by the regulatory sandbox. Selection/eligibility criteria shall ensure compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01), including for any projects that are covered by the EU Emissions Trading System, to ensure that the supported installations achieve greenhouse gas emissions significantly below the benchmark established for free allocation as set out in the Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2021/447
                           1
                        . 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        12
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        G: Investments to increase energy efficiency in the economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Successfully completed pilot projects 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Pilot projects completed in the regulatory sandbox (for regulatory areas or for a technological transition). The pilot projects financed in connection to the regulatory sandbox shall develop technological solutions to increase energy efficiency in companies. 
                     
                  
               
               A.3. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for the loan 
            
            
               Reform B: Reform of electricity supply to promote renewable energy sources
            
         
         
            
               The objectives of the reform are to improve the network integration of renewable energy installations and demand response. 
            
            
               The reform consists in the entry into force of the Electricity Supply Act, which shall provide for measures to ensure a secure operation of the grids, including the deployment of smart network services, as well as measures to connect new capacity, including demand response and energy storage facilities. 
            
            
               The milestones and targets related to the implementation of the reform shall be completed by 31 December 2025. 
            
            
               Investment E: Production of electricity from renewable energy sources
            
            
               The objective of the investment is the installation of new renewable power production capacity through a technologically neutral competitive public tender between different technologies (geothermal and hydropower), and solar technology for public buildings. The projects shall comply with the relevant annexes of the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) (C(2021) 2800 final) supplementing the Taxonomy Regulation (EU) 2020/852.
            
            
               The investment shall consist in grants for the construction of the selected installations, with the objective of installing 35 MW of renewables power production capacity, or the maximum volume compatible with the tender being held in competitive conditions. 
            
            
               It is expected that this measure does not do significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measure and the milestones and targets to be fulfilled by Slovenia.  In particular, full and substantive compliance shall be demonstrated with the legal provisions that apply. The milestones and targets related to the implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               Investment F: Strengthening the electricity distribution network (low-voltage network)
            
            
               The objective of the investment is to modernise the electricity distribution network in line with the increasing amount of renewables electricity consumption, and to enable the connection of renewables generating installations, heat pumps and recharging points for electric vehicles. 
            
            
               The investment consists in the construction and entry into operation of a new low-voltage network of at least 1520 kilometres long. 
            
            
               The milestones and targets related to the implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               A.4. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for the loan 
            
            
                     
                        Sequential Number 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicators   (for milestones)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicators   (for targets)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Indicative timeline for completion 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit of measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Baseline 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quarter
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        13
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Reform of electricity supply to promote renewable energy sources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Electricity Supply Act 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the law indicating the entry into force of the Act on the Supply of Electricity 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The new Electricity Supply Act shall lay down the rules for the functioning of the electricity market, production, transmission, distribution, storage and supply of electricity, together with provisions for the protection of final customers, the modalities and forms of provision of utilities in electricity transmission and distribution and the electricity market, principles and measures to achieve security of electricity supply, measures to prevent energy poverty and other issues of electricity supply.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        14
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Reform of electricity supply to promote renewable energy sources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Additional power of new renewable self-supply power plants connected and operating
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                     
                        (MW)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        55
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        This is the additional capacity of new, connected, and operational generation plants for self-supply. Their construction, connection and entry into operation is expected to be promoted by the entry into force of the Electricity Supply Act.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        15
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E: Production of electricity from renewable energy sources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contracts for new renewable energy sources generating installations
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Communication of awards 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Communication of awards to co-finance the construction of new renewable energy sources generating installations (hydropower, geothermal, or solar technology for public buildings). 
                     
                     
                     
                        The tender specifications shall ensure compliance with the “do no significant harm” technical guidance (2021/C58/01) for selected projects by requiring compliance with relevant EU and national environmental legislation and with Chapter 4.5 ‘Manufacture of hydropower electricity’ (Annex I Delegated Commission Regulation (EU) (C(2021) 2800 final) supplementing the Taxonomy Regulation (EU) 2020/852).
                     
                     
                          
                     
                  
               
                     
                        16
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E: Production of electricity from renewable energy sources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Additional power from new renewable electricity generation installations  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                     
                        (MW)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        35
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        35 MW of renewable energy sources electricity capacity in operation, or the maximum volume compatible with the tender under milestone 15. 
                     
                     
                        The total amount of funding shall be at least EUR 50 000 000.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        17
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        F: Further strengthening the electricity distribution network
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Opening of a call for tender for a new low-voltage distribution network
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         Publication of tender specifications
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Call for tender opened for the construction of a new low-voltage distribution network. The call shall be open until the budgetary envelope is exhausted. The projects shall aim at the effective integration of renewable energy production and storage facilities to the electricity distribution network, including recharging points for electric vehicles. In addition to all mandatory national and European rules laying down requirements for construction and environmental interventions, selection/eligibility criteria shall ensure compliance with the ‘do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01). Investments shall strengthen the distribution network, improve its capacity and adaptability, as well as the integration of databases and real-time surveillance.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        18
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        F: Further strengthening the electricity distribution network
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Length of new operational distribution network   
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                     
                        (km)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        1520
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 1520 km of new low voltage distribution network operational, in line with the tender criteria under milestone 17.
                     
                  
               
               B: COMPONENT 2: SUSTAINABLE RENOVATION OF BUILDINGS
            
            
               In its National Energy and Climate Plan Slovenia estimates around EUR 9 500 000 000 of investment needs for the renovation of buildings in the period 2021-2030 in order to reduce final energy consumption in buildings by 20 % and greenhouse gas emissions from buildings by at least 70 % by 2030 compared with 2005.
            
            
               The objective of this component of the Slovenian recovery and resilience plan is to promote in-depth renovation of buildings, with a focus on the public building stock, to obtain a reduction of energy consumption of at least 30 % compared to ex ante emissions. 
            
            
               These investments and reforms shall contribute to the Country Specific Recommendations addressed to Slovenia in the past two years to “focus investment-related economic policy on […] low carbon and energy transition” (Country Specific Recommendation 3, 2019) and to “focus on investments for the green […] transition, in particular on clean and efficient energy production and use, environmental infrastructure” (Country Specific Recommendation 3, 2020).
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).  
            
            
               B.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform A: Reform of the planning and financing of the energy renovation of buildings in the public sector
            
         
         
            
               The reform shall define cost-effective renovation approaches, policies and measures to promote deep renovations of buildings, including measures to guide investment decisions by individuals, the construction industry and financial institutions and an assessment of expected energy savings and wider benefits, as provided for in the new Long Term Renovation Strategy. 
            
            
               In particular, the reform shall put in place a legal ban on the design and installation of heating oil, mazut (fuel oil) and coal boilers for heating in new buildings. This part of the reform shall be implemented through the entry into force of a law by 30 June 2023.
            
            
               The reform shall also establish a revolving fund for energy renovations in the public sector to be self-financed with energy savings by means of an inter-ministerial agreement establishing the legal, technical and economic aspects of the fund by 31 December 2023. 
            
            
               Investment B: Sustainable renovation of buildings
            
            
               The objective of the investment is focused on the energy renovation of public buildings and also covers energy renovation of publicly-owned residential buildings. 
            
            
               For all the investments, a minimum of 30 % energy savings overall, compared to ex ante emissions, shall be ensured. 
            
            
               The investments shall cover costs for the thermal insulation of the building, energy-efficient equipment (windows, glazing, doors), cooling and ventilation systems, energy efficient lighting and control systems. The works shall also ensure high health and environmental standard, by addressing, inter alia, disaster prevention and protection against climate-related hazards, removal of and protection against harmful substances, fire and seismic safety. The renovation of public buildings is expected to include improvement of their accessibility for people with disabilities.
            
            
               Since Slovenia is one of the European countries most exposed to seismic risk, energy renovation shall be carried out in parallel with the seismic renovation to ensure a cost-efficient approach and a long lasting effect of the investment. The works shall also respect the aesthetics and architectural quality of the building, by taking into account the possible cultural protection requirements of renovation in the case of buildings belonging to cultural heritage.
            
            
               The following categories of buildings shall be eligible:
            
            
               ·Buildings of exceptional administrative importance due to the COVID-19 epidemic;
            
            
               ·Buildings of high social importance due to the COVID-19 epidemic;
            
            
               ·Buildings requiring individual upgrading of technical building systems;
            
            
               ·Publicly owned multi-apartment residential buildings.
            
            
               The investment shall also provide the financial allocation to initiate the energy renovation works under the revolving fund to be set-up under the reform. With this initial amount, the investment shall contribute to the energy renovation of other buildings in the public sector.
            
            
               Renovations shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
            
            
               B.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
                     
                        Sequential Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone/
                     
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicators   (for milestones)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicators   (for targets)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Timeline for completion   (indicate the quarter and the year)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description and clear definition of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit of measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Baseline
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quarter
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        19
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Reform of planning and financing of energy renovation of buildings in the public sector
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of a ban on the use of fossil fuels for heating in new buildings
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the law indicating the entry into force of the relevant Act 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A law shall establish a ban on the design and installation of heating oil, mazut (fuel oil), and coal boilers for heating buildings, as foreseen in the Long-term Strategy for Energy Renovation of Buildings 2050. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        20
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Reform of planning and financing of energy renovation of buildings in the public sector
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Establishment of a revolving fund for the energy renovation of buildings in the public sector
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adopted decree to establish a systemic financial resource for the implementation of priority energy renovations 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The reform shall establish a revolving fund for the implementation of energy renovations of public buildings. The fund shall be self-financed with the financial savings generated by the energy efficiency investments.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        21
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Sustainable renovation of buildings
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Opening of a call for tender for the implementation of individual upgrades of technical building systems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication of tender specifications
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Call for tender opened for the implementation of individual upgrades of technical building systems, such as air-conditioning and ventilation systems. The call shall be open until the budgetary envelope is exhausted. Selection/eligibility criteria shall ensure compliance with the ‘do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01). 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        22
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B:  Sustainable renovation of buildings
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Opening of a call for tender  for energy and sustainable renovation of publicly owned buildings of high administrative and social importance
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication of tender specifications
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Call for tender opened for energy and sustainable renovation of publicly owned buildings of high administrative and social importance. The call shall be open until the budgetary envelope is exhausted. Selection/eligibility criteria shall ensure: a) compliance with the ‘do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01); and  b) at least a 30 % reduction of direct and indirect greenhouse gas emissions compared to the ex-ante emissions. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        23
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Sustainable renovation of buildings
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Opening of a call for tender  for energy and sustainable renovation of publicly owned residential  buildings. 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication of tender specifications 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Call for tender opened for the energy and sustainable renovation of publicly owned residential buildings. The call shall be open until the budgetary envelope is exhausted
                     
                     
                        Selection/eligibility criteria shall ensure: a) compliance with the ‘do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01); and
                     
                     
                        b) at least a 30 % reduction of direct and indirect greenhouse gas emissions compared to the ex-ante emissions. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        24
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Sustainable renovation of buildings
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed energy and sustainable renovations of buildings of high administrative and social importance 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                     
                        (m²)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        29000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The energy and sustainable renovation of public buildings of high administrative and social importance is completed, in accordance with the tender criteria in milestone 22.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        25
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Sustainable renovation of buildings
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed energy and sustainable renovations of buildings of high administrative and social importance
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                     
                        (m²)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        29000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        89000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The energy and sustainable renovation of public buildings of high administrative and social importance is completed, in accordance with the tender criteria in milestone 22.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        26
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Sustainable renovation of buildings
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed energy and sustainable renovation of buildings through individual upgrades of technical building systems 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                     
                        (m²)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        36000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The energy and sustainable renovation of buildings through individual upgrades of technical building systems is completed, in accordance with the tender criteria in milestone 21.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        27
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Sustainable renovation of buildings
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed energy and sustainable renovation of publicly owned residential buildings implemented
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                     
                        (m²)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        20000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The energy and sustainable renovation of publicly owned residential buildings is completed, in accordance with the tender criteria in milestone 23.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        28
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Sustainable renovation of buildings
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed energy and sustainable renovation of public buildings financed under the revolving fund for the energy renovation of public buildings 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                     
                        (m²)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        10000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed energy renovation of public buildings in compliance with the ‘do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) and achieving at least a 30 % reduction of direct and indirect greenhouse gas emissions compared to the ex-ante emissions. 
                     
                  
               
                  
            
         
         
            
               C. COMPONENT 3: CLEAN AND SAFE ENVIRONMENT
            
            
               Slovenia faces substantial investment needs in terms of protection against climate-change driven disasters due to the increasing trend of extreme weather events and in particular floods. Such climate-change driven disasters endanger the high share of the Slovenian population living in areas of significant flood risks and cause significant economic damage. 
            
            
               Furthermore, water losses remain above the EU average. Such leakages are a waste of surface and ground water, and result in higher energy use for water treatment and distribution purposes. They also bring increased risks of water contamination. 
            
            
               The objective of this component of the Slovenian recovery and resilience plan is to implement a coordinated approach for prevention, preparedness, response and recovery in the event of natural climate-related disasters, in particular by improving the infrastructure and the related organisation, research, awareness raising and trainings. The component further aims to improve water management.
            
            
               These investments and reforms shall contribute to the Country Specific Recommendations addressed to Slovenia in the past two years to “focus investment-related economic policy on […] low carbon and energy transition (Country Specific Recommendation 3, 2019) and to “focus on investments for the green […] transition, in particular on clean and efficient energy production and use, environmental infrastructure” (Country Specific Recommendation 3, 2020).
            
            
               This component contributes to environmental preservation and climate adaptation, therefore strengthening ecological, social and economic resilience.
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).  
            
            
               C.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform A. Strengthening preparedness and response in the event of climate-driven disasters
            
            
               The reform shall define the organisation and response to climate-driven disasters through the creation of modular response units specialised and trained to respond to climate-related disasters at national, regional and local level, while redefining the role of the existing units. The structure shall address the climate-related disasters representing the highest risk for Slovenia, such as floods and large wild fires. 
            
            
               The reform shall be implemented through the entry into force of a new resolution on the national programme of protection against natural and other disasters by 31 December 2023. By 30 June 2026, the entire territory of Slovenia and all the population, with a particular focus on vulnerable groups, is expected to be covered by the new organisation structure. 
            
            
               Reform C. Restoring and mitigating the effects of climate change and climate-related disasters on resilient forestbiodiversity
            
            
               The reform on the forest protection and restoration addresses the Commission recommendations for Slovenia’s Common Agricultural Policy strategic plan (SWD (2020) 394) by fostering sustainable forest management of forestry land, enhancing multifunctionality, forest protection and restoration of forests ecosystems, in particular after catastrophic events. 
            
            
               The objective of the reform is to reach good condition of habitats and species linked to the forests in order to enhance ecological services and biodiversity, and to build resilience to threats such as climate change impacts on forests. 
            
            
               The Rules on the Conditions for Entry in the Register of Suppliers and other relevant obligations of suppliers and requirements for the marketing of forest reproductive material shall be amended to ensure the appropriate quality of forest reproductive material. Rules on Certificates for Forest Reproductive Material shall be amended to improve tracking and expert supervision.
            
            
               The reform shall be implemented by the Ministry of Agriculture, Forestry and Food, by means of amendments to the Rules on the conditions for entry in the register of suppliers and other obligations of suppliers and requirements for the marketing of forest reproductive material by 31 December 2022.
            
            
               Investment E. Social and economic resilience to climate-related disasters in the Republic of Slovenia 
            
            
               The investment shall establish dedicated centres for prevention, preparedness and response measures against climate-driven disasters, such as floods and large wild fires. It shall include trainings for the civil protection forces to ensure integrated actions, as well as awareness raising measures for the general public. It shall also cover the digitalisation of the constructed centre for coordinated response and upgrading of the emergency number 112.
            
            
               The construction of the necessary energy efficient infrastructures shall take into account the need to locate the premises in an adequate area exposed to the relevant climate-related risks. It shall be carried out by the Ministry of Defence by means of competitive public tenders taking into account green public procurement requirements. 
            
            
               The investment shall also cover trainings courses to deal with specific risks, such as floods and large wild fires, in the period 2025-2026, as well as awareness-raising activities among the different target groups in the population in the period 2021-2026.
            
         
         
            
               The targets related to the implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2025.
            
            
            
               Investment F. Reducing flood risks and reducing the risk to other climate-related disasters 
            
            
               The investments to prevent flood risks shall include water retention systems and the expansion of existing spillage areas. Theyshall prioritise nature-based solutions and green infrastructures to the extent possible. In addition, specific investments shall target the risk of landslides. 
            
            
               Nature-based solutions shall be included among the project selection criteria. The investment in reducing flood risks shall be implemented through dedicated agreements with municipalities. The projects shall comply with the relevant annexes of the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) (C(2021) 2800 final) supplementing the Taxonomy Regulation (EU) 2020/852. 
            
            
               It is expected that this measure does not do significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measure and the milestones and targets to be fulfilled by Slovenia. In particular, full and substantive compliance shall be demonstrated with the legal provisions that apply.
            
            
               The investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
            
               Investment G. Centre for seeds, nurseries and forest protection 
            
            
               The objective of the investment is to increase the long-term quantity, quality and resilience of EU forests, notably against fires, pests and other threats that are likely to increase due to climate change. Biodiversity-friendly forest practices shall be further developed with a focus on genetic preservation and genetic diversity.
            
            
               The construction of the necessary energy efficient research infrastructures, including a forest seed department, a tree nursery department, and a forest protection department, shall take into account the need to concentrate the infrastructure and knowledge base for further innovation, development and research in this domain. 
            
            
               It shall be implemented by the Slovenian Forestry Institute through public calls for tender taking into account green public procurement requirements. 
            
            
               The investment shall be completed by 31 December 2024.
            
            
               Investment H. Urban waste water discharge and treatment projects 
            
            
               The investment shall finance the construction of additional front-to-end waste water systems with a net zero energy use and the renewal of additional front-to-end waste water system to lead to a decreased average energy use by at least 10 % (solely by energy efficiency measures and not by material changes or changes in load). The investments shall focus on projects concerning waste water systems contributing to Natura 2000 sites and water protection areas.
            
            
               The investment shall be implemented through grants to municipalities for projects selected by the Ministry of Environment and Spatial Planning through a dedicated call for projects. 
            
            
               The investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               Investment I. Drinking water supply and savings projects
            
            
               The objective of the investment is to address water losses in Slovenia, which remain significant due to the age of the water infrastructure. 
            
            
               The investment consists in building drinking water supply systems with an average energy consumption of ≤ 0,5 kWh or an Infrastructure Leakage Index (ILI) of ≤ 1,5, and in renovating existing drinking water supply systems to decrease the average energy consumption by more than 20 % or decrease leakage by more than 20 %. 
            
         
         
            
               The investment shall be implemented through grants to municipalities for projects selected by the Ministry of Environment and Spatial Planning through a dedicated call for projects. 
            
            
               The investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
            
               C.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
                     
                        Sequential Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicators   (for milestones)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicators   (for targets)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Indicative timeline for completion
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit of measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Baseline
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quarter
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        29
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Strengthening preparedness and response in the event of climate-driven disasters
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of a resolution on the national programme of protection against natural and other disasters 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the resolution indicating the entry into force of a national programme of protection against natural and other disasters
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Resolution shall be adopted by the National Assembly of the Republic of Slovenia. It shall define the organisation and response to climate-driven disasters, the operation of newly established modular response units to climate-driven disasters, their training, and the functioning and role of existing units in response to climate-driven disasters. It shall aim at a faster, more coordinated and more effective response to climate-related disasters (floods, large-scale wild fires and other climate-related disasters). 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        30
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E: Social and economic resilience to climate-related disasters in the Republic of Slovenia
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Newly established training and response facilities for climate-related operational disasters
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into operation of the National Centre for Coordinated Response to Climate Conditional Disasters and 2 sub-centres for training modular flood response and large-scale wild fire response units.
                     
                     
                     
                        The centres shall have a primary energy demand of at least 20 % lower than that required for a nearly zero-energy building under the national rules on the construction of nearly zero energy buildings.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        31
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E: Social and economic resilience to climate-related disasters in the Republic of Slovenia 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Participants with completed trainings in responding to floods and large-scale wild fires 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Development of adapted programmes and completed training for a total of 2000 individuals (1000 individuals for flood response and 1000 individuals to respond to large-scale wild fires).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        32
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        F: Reducing flood risks and reducing the risk to other climate-related disasters 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contracts for flood safety investments
                     
                  
                  
                     
                     
                        Communication of awards
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contracts for flood safety investments. Tender criteria shall give priority to nature based solution measures and green infrastructure. The contracts shall ensure that projects are implemented in accordance with the EU acquis and environmental regulations and the annexes to Commission Delegated Regulation (C(2021)2800 final) supplementing the Taxonomy Regulation (2020/852).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        33
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        F: Reducing flood risks and reducing the risk to other climate-related disasters 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Rehabilitated sites threatened by landslides due to seismic risk
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        6
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed projects for reducing the impact of landslides due to seismic risks. The projects shall be in compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        34
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        F: Reducing flood risks and reducing the risk to other climate-related disasters 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Population benefiting from flood protection projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        6000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The target represents the size of the population in the area where flood-protection projects have been completed. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        35
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        F: Reducing flood risks and reducing the risk to other climate-related disasters 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of completed flood protection projects supporting, as far as possible, ‘nature based solution’ and green measures
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The target is the concrete number of projects completed in the area of floods protection, in line with the agreements under milestone 32.
                     
                     
                        Projects shall contribute to reducing flood risks in identified areas of significant flood impact in Slovenia in accordance with Article 5(1) of the Floods Directive. They shall include as far as possible nature based solution measures.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        36
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Restoring and mitigating the effects of climate change and climate-related disasters on resilient forest biodiversity
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of amendments to rules on conditions for entry in the register of suppliers and other obligations of suppliers and on the requirements concerning the marketing of forest reproductive material
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the amendments indicating the entry into force of rules on conditions for entry in the register of suppliers and other obligations of suppliers and on the requirements concerning the marketing of forest reproductive material
                     
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Ministry of Agriculture, Forestry, and Food shall adopt the following amendments:
                     
                     
                        - The conditions for entry in the register of suppliers and other obligations of suppliers and on the requirements concerning the marketing of forest reproductive material shall ensure the quality of forest reproductive material.  - The Certificates for Forest Reproductive Material shall allow tracking of forest reproductive material. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        37
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        G: Centre for seeds, nurseries and forest protection centre
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Centre for seeds, nurseries and forest protection is operational
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of construction works and operational licence obtained 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Centre shall include at least 3000 square metres of research areas. Research and development activities in the field of forest seed, nursery and forest protection shall be carried out at the Centre. 
                     
                     
                        The new building shall show a primary energy demand of at least 20 % lower than that required for a nearly zero-energy building under the national rules on the construction of nearly zero energy buildings.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        38
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        H: Urban waste water discharge and treatment projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contracts for urban waste water discharge and treatment projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Communication of awards
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contracts for 15 urban waste water discharge and treatment projects. Projects shall address the reconstruction of existing systems to increase energy efficiency and reduce the consumption of electricity by at least 10 %. Newly built systems shall have a net zero energy consumption. 
                     
                     
                        Projects shall focus on nature protection areas.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        39
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        H: Urban waste water discharge and treatment projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of completed urban waste water discharge and treatment projects 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Projects on the reconstruction of existing systems to increase energy efficiency and reduce the consumption of electricity completed in accordance with requirements under milestone 38.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        40
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        H: Urban waste water discharge and treatment projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of completed urban waste water discharge and treatment projects 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        12
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Projects on the reconstruction of existing systems to increase energy efficiency and reduce the consumption of electricity completed in accordance with requirements under milestone 38.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        41
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        H: Urban waste water discharge and treatment projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of completed urban waste water discharge and treatment projects 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        12
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        15
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Projects on the reconstruction of existing systems to increase energy efficiency and reduce the consumption of electricity completed in accordance with requirements under milestone 38.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        42
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        I: Drinking water supply and savings projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contracts for drinking water supply projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Communication of awards
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contracts for drinking water supply projects. Projects shall address the reconstruction of existing systems to increase energy efficiency and reduce the consumption of the electricity by at least 10 %, and with the aim of ensuring that a newly built system has an average energy consumption of less than or equal to 0.5 kWh or an ILI of 1.5 or less. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        43
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        I: Drinking water supply and savings projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of completed drinking water supply projects 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Projects for reconstruction of existing systems to increase energy efficiency and reduce the consumption of the electricity completed in accordance with requirements under milestone 42.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        44
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        I: Drinking water supply and savings projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of completed drinking water supply projects 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        12
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Projects for reconstruction of existing systems to increase energy efficiency and reduce the consumption of the electricity completed in accordance with requirements under milestone 42.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        45
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        I: Drinking water supply and savings projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of completed drinking water supply projects 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        12
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        15
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Projects for reconstruction of existing systems to increase energy efficiency and reduce the consumption of the electricity completed in accordance with requirements under milestone 42.
                     
                  
               
            
               C.3. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for the loan 
            
            
               Reform B. Strengthening prevention to increase flood safety
            
            
               The reform specifically addresses the risk of floods, which is among the most relevant climate-change-related risk for Slovenia. 
            
            
               The entry into force of a new Flood Risk Management Plan shall accelerate the planning and implementation of measures and projects that contribute to the prevention of the consequences of floods and avalanches. Key elements of the reform shall be the establishment of a river control service and the introduction of automated solutions for control systems. The Water Directorate of the Republic of Slovenia shall be reorganised to achieve decentralisation and optimisation of the processes. 
            
            
               A Flood Risk Management Plan for the period 2022-2026 shall enter into force by 31 December 2022 and shall ensure that flood and landslide risk management becomes a permanent task with dedicated resource from the national budget. The reform shall promote future investments through nature-based solutions and green infrastructures. 
            
            
               Reform D. Increasing the efficiency of the operation of public environmental protection services
            
            
               The reform addresses the key challenge of losses in water management in Slovenia, by improving the organisation and control of the public service and by ensuring the sustainability of the financing of infrastructure upgrades. The reform shall upgrade the standard for the provision of the public service to increase efficiencies in water management and enabling reuse systems. 
            
            
               The reform shall ensure long-term sustainability of the financing of infrastructure investments by reviewing the cost-effectiveness of the charges and levies on water use. Another key aim of the reform shall be the upgrade of the information system for monitoring and reporting of the activity of public service providers.
            
            
               The reform shall be implemented by means of amending the regulations for the implementation of public services and the entry into force of a new Utilities Act for Environmental Protection by 31 December 2022.  
            
            
               Investment F. Further reducing flood risks and reducing the risk to other climate-related disasters
            
            
               Considering the large investment gap, the component includes additional investments to prevent flood risks. 
            
            
               The investment includes water retention systems, the expansion of existing spillage areas and shall prioritise nature-based solutions and green infrastructures to the extent possible. For this purpose, nature-based solutions shall be included among the project selection criteria. 
            
            
               The projects shall comply with the relevant annexes of the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) (C(2021) 2800 final) supplementing the Taxonomy Regulation (EU) 2020/852. 
            
            
               It is expected that this measure does not do significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measure and the milestones and targets to be fulfilled by Slovenia. In particular, full and substantive compliance shall be demonstrated with the legal provisions that apply
            
         
         
            
            
               The investment shall be implemented through dedicated agreements with the municipalities and shall be completed by 30 June 2026. 
            
            
               Investment H. Further projects for the discharge, treatment and re-use of urban waste water
            
            
               The investment shall finance the construction of additional front-to-end waste water systems with a net zero energy use and the renewal of additional front-to-end waste water system to lead to a decreased average energy use by at least 10 % (solely by energy efficiency measures and not by material changes or changes in load). The investments shall focus on projects concerning waste water systems contributing to Natura 2000 sites and water protection areas.
            
            
               The investment shall be implemented through long-term loans at favourable interest rates to municipalities for projects selected by the Ministry of Environment and Spatial Planning through a dedicated call for projects. 
            
            
               The investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               Investment I. Further drinking water supply and savings projects
            
            
               The investment shall build additional drinking water supply systems with an average energy consumption of ≤ 0,5 kWh or an Infrastructure Leakage Index (ILI) of ≤ 1,5, and shall renovate existing drinking water supply systems to decrease the average energy consumption by more than 20 % or decrease leakage by more than 20 %.  
            
            
               The investment shall be implemented by municipalities for projects selected by the Ministry of Environment and Spatial Planning through a dedicated call for projects. 
            
            
               The investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               C.4. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for the loan 
            
            
                     
                        Sequential Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicators   (for milestones)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicators   (for targets)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Indicative timeline for completion 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit of measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Baseline 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quarter
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        46
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Strengthening prevention to increase flood safety
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of a new Flood Risk Management Plan 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the plan indicating the entry into force of the Plan
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The new plan shall aim to speed up the planning and implementation of measures that contribute to the prevention of the consequences of floods at local, regional and national level, promoting in particular nature based solutions.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        47 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        F: Further reducing flood risks and reducing the risk to other climate-related disasters 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Population benefiting from flood protection projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        56000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The target represents the size of the population in the area where flood-protection projects have been completed. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        48
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        F: Further reducing flood risks and reducing the risk to other climate-related disasters 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of completed flood protection projects favouring, as far as possible, ‘nature based solutions’ and green infrastructures
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        20
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The target is the concrete number of investments made and completed in the area of floods protection, in line with the requirements under milestone 32.  
                     
                     
                        Projects shall contribute to reducing flood risks in identified areas of significant flood impact in Slovenia in accordance with Article 5(1) of the Floods Directive.  They shall include as far as possible nature based solution measures.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        49
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Increasing the efficiency of the operation of public environmental protection services
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Utilities and Environmental Protection Act
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the law indicating the entry into force of the Utilities and Environmental Protection Act
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Utilities and Environmental Protection Act shall ensure, inter alia:  - long-term sustainability of the financing of infrastructure investments by reviewing the cost-effectiveness of the charges and levies on water use. 
                     
                     
                        - the upgrade of the information system for monitoring and reporting of the activity of public service providers.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        50
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        H: Further projects for the discharge, treatment and re-use of urban waste water  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contracts for urban waste water discharge and treatment projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                     
                        Communication of awards
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contracts for 10 urban waste water discharge and treatment projects. Projects shall address the reconstruction of existing systems to increase energy efficiency and reduce the consumption of electricity by at least 10 % and shall ensure a net zero energy consumption for a newly built system.
                     
                     
                        Projects shall focus on nature protection areas.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        51
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        H: Further projects for the discharge, treatment and re-use of urban waste water
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of completed urban waste water discharge and treatment projects 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        10
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed projects on the reconstruction of existing systems to increase energy efficiency and reduce the consumption of electricity in compliance with the requirements under milestone 50.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        52
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        I: Further drinking water supply and savings projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contracts for projects for the supply of drinking water
                     
                  
                  
                     
                     
                        Communication of awards
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contracts for projects for the supply of drinking water. Projects shall address the reconstruction of existing systems to increase energy efficiency and reduce the consumption of electricity by at least 10 %, and shall ensure that a newly built system has an average energy consumption of less than or equal to 0.5 kWh or an ILI of 1.5 or less. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        53
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        I: Further drinking water supply and savings projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of completed drinking water supply projects 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        10
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed projects on the reconstruction of existing systems to increase energy efficiency and reduce the consumption of electricity in compliance with the requirements under milestone 52.
                     
                  
               
               D. COMPONENT 4: SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORT
            
            
               The high dependency on road transport and cars and the low use of public transport contribute significantly to Slovenia’s carbon emissions. Transport emissions are responsible for 42,7 % of the total Slovenian CO2 emissions in 2018, which is well above the EU average (32,6 %), and they continue to rise in absolute terms.
            
            
               The objective of this component of the Slovenian recovery and resilience plan is to promote the use of public transport, rail passenger and freight transport, the use of alternative fuels in transport, as well as the digital transformation of rail and road transport.
            
            
               These investments and reforms shall contribute to the Country Specific Recommendations addressed to Slovenia in the past two years to “focus investment-related economic policy on […] low carbon and energy transition, sustainable transport, in particular rail” (Country Specific Recommendation 3, 2019) and to “focus investment on […] sustainable transport” (Country Specific Recommendation 3, 2020).
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).  
            
            
            
               D.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform A. Reform of the organisation of public passenger transport
            
         
         
            
               Public transport in Slovenia was severely affected during the COVID-19 pandemic, with a 75 % fall in passenger numbers in 2020. 
            
            
               This reform aims to promote and enhance the accessibility and competitiveness of public transport to recover after the pandemic. The reform shall establish an integrated public passenger operator at the national level, which shall support the integration of rail and bus public transport with intercity, urban, school and labour transport. The reform is expected to significantly improve the accessibility standard for public transport. 
            
            
               The reform shall be implemented through the entry into force of a new law on public passenger transport and the establishment and entry into operation of a new integrated public transport operator by the Ministry of Infrastructure by 31 December 2022. This is expected to be reflected in increase in public passenger service by 30 June 2023.
            
            
               Reform B. Reform on the deployment of alternative fuels infrastructure
            
            
               The aim of the reform is to increase the use of alternative fuels in domestic and cross-border transport and to reduce the share of greenhouse gas and pollutant emissions from transport. In particular, the reform shall designate an entity to coordinate the needs of the transport and energy sectors, which shall ensure and coordinate the deployment of alternative fuels infrastructure and hence make the transition to zero and low emission mobility more resilient.
            
            
               The reform shall be implemented with entry into force of an Act on alternative fuels in transport and alternative fuels infrastructure by 30 June 2022, which shall also establish a national regulatory framework in the field of alternative fuels in transport. 
            
            
               The new regulatory framework is expected to trigger the construction of at least 400 new registered recharging or refuelling points for alternative power vehicles in Slovenia by 31 December 2025, in addition to those financed under the Slovenian recovery and resilience plan.
            
            
               Investment C. Increasing rail infrastructure capacity
            
            
               The investments shall promote rail transport and connectivity with urban centres. They shall also improve accessibility of railway stations to a wider population, including people with disabilities.
            
            
               The selected projects shall improve the transport service, both for passenger and freight transport: 
            
            
               ·Through the upgrading of major railway stations on the regional network, Grosuplje and Domžale. 
            
            
               ·Through the upgrading of a part of the Ljubljana – Divača railway line, which represents the main transport link of Primorska to Central Slovenia in Slovenia and is part of the two TEN-T corridors passing through Slovenia, namely the Mediterranean Corridor and the Baltic-Adriatic Corridor, and the upgrading of the Ljubljana – Jesenice railway line. Both routes currently do not meet existing traffic volumes and are important for cross-border freight transport.
            
            
               The milestones and targets related to the implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2025.
            
            
               Investment D. Digitalisation of rail and road infrastructure
            
            
               The aim of this investment is to provide reliable information on the transport system in order to improve the acquisition and exchange of traffic data on the state of transport infrastructure and the real-time movement of vehicles. The investment shall ensure interoperability and more efficient management and improvement of safety by digitising rail and road transport.
            
            
               ·Digitalisation of rail transport: the investment promotes digital traffic management and control through European Train Control System (ETCS). The investment shall be implemented with a competitive public tender carried out by the Ministry of Infrastructures to award grants for the purchase ECTS train equipment to upgrade existing rolling stock. The objective of the investment is to upgrade 32 locomotives with ETCS level 2 equipment. 
            
            
               ·Digitalisation of 70 kilometres of road transport: the investment shall comprise, inter alia, the upgrading of the fibre network and the purchase of road detectors for real-time collection of traffic data, including a simulation tool for the planning, control and forecasting of traffic on the motorway network, and an application tools for users. By allowing real-time adjustments of travel speed limits, the traffic manager is expected to be able to prevent accidents and congestions, as well as to reduce emissions. The investment shall be implemented by the Motorway Company in Slovenia, which is entrusted with the legal monopoly for the construction and operation of motorways.
            
            
               Activities under this investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               Investment E. Promoting the deployment of alternative fuels infrastructure in transport
            
            
               The investment shall co-finance the deployment of recharging or refuelling infrastructures for alternative fuels. Those shall include 482 recharging points for electric vehicles for general use. Further 104 additional recharging points shall be dedicated to the use of certain public administrations. 
            
         
         
            
               The investment shall be implemented through a competitive tender that shall ensure adequate geographical distribution, including the analysis of future needs for such infrastructure and mapping of the critical areas where there is a significant shortfall of such infrastructure.
            
            
               The targets related to the implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2025.
            
            
            
               D.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
                     
                        Sequential Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicators   (for milestones)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicators   (for targets)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Indicative timeline for completion 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit of measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Baseline 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quarter
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        54
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Reform of the organisation of public passenger transport
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Act establishing an integrated public passenger transport operator
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the law indicating the entry into force of the Act 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The law shall confer tasks currently operated by the Ministry of Infrastructure, municipalities, and Slovenian Railways to an integrated public passenger transport management company. The company shall, inter alia, promote the development of public passenger transport, draft amendments to legislation and other acts, ensure planning of needs, conduct public procurement procedures, manage the ticketing system, ensure appropriate supervision, and provide information to passengers.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        55
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Reform of the organisation of public passenger transport
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A public passenger transport management company is operational
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         Notification of the government on the establishment of a public passenger transport management company
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into operation of the Public Passenger Transport Management Company in accordance with the tasks specified in the Act under milestone 54.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        56
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Reform of the organisation of public passenger transport
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Increase in public transport service
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                     
                        (mln of km)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        50
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        60
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Increase from the 50 000 000 km of annual journeys on the public passenger system in 2020 to at least 60 000 000 km of annual journeys.  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        57
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Increasing railway infrastructure capacity
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contracts for upgrading railway sections  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                     
                        Communication of awards to upgrade railway tracks on sections:   Kranj – Jesenice  Ljubljana – Brezovica and  Brezovica – Preserje and Preserje – Borovnica 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contracts to upgrade railway tracks on sections:   Kranj – Jesenice  Ljubljana – Brezovica and  Brezovica – Preserje and Preserje – Borovnica. The tender specification shall ensure compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) and the following requirements:  — Increasing rail fluidity by removing bottlenecks on line No 50 Ljubljana – Sežana – d.m. and line No 20 Ljubljana – Jesenice – d.m.;  — Upgrading lines and stations in accordance with the technical specifications for interoperability;  —Guidance of a load capacity of the corresponding category D4 of 22,5 t/axle 8 t/m;  — Increase the speed of trains to new design speeds.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        58
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Increasing railway infrastructure capacity
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contracts to upgrade the Grosuplje and Domžale railway stations 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Communication of awards to upgrade Grosuplje and Domžale stations
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contracts to upgrade the Grosuplje and Domžale railway stations. The tender specifications shall ensure compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) and shall include improvements in the current accessibility for passengers and the track capacity of the lines.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        59
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Increasing railway infrastructure capacity
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                     
                        Upgraded railway stations 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                     
                        (stations)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed refurbishment works at Grosuplje and Domžale in compliance with the requirements under milestone 58.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        60
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Increasing railway infrastructure capacity
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Length of upgraded railway lines 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                     
                        (km)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        49
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Reconstructed kilometres of railway line (in Kranj-Jesenice and Ljubljana-Brezovica-Borovnica) in compliance with the requirements under milestone 57.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        61
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Digitalisation of rail and road infrastructure 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Operational locomotives additionally equipped with ETCS level 2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        32
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of existing locomotives equipped with ETCS level 2 for licensed railway undertakings in Slovenia, with mandatory use of rolling stock with financed ETCS equipment on Slovenian rail infrastructure for at least 5 years from the installation of ETCS equipment. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        62
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Digitalisation of rail and road infrastructure 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Roads covered by a traffic control and management system 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                     
                        (km)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        70
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The traffic control and management system shall include in particular an upgraded backbone optical network, upgraded control centre, road detectors, and traffic planning simulation tool. It shall be dedicated in part to greenhouse gas emission reduction and include, inter alia, an optical network to provide faster and more reliable large-scale data flows, road detectors for passive real-time collection of traffic data, simulation tool for planning, control and forecasting in the electro-traffic system and information to users through application tools.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        63
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Reform of the deployment of alternative fuels infrastructure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of an Act on Alternative Fuels in Transport
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The entry into force of a law establishing a national regulatory framework in the field of alternative transport fuels. 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The law shall establish a comprehensive legal framework for the use of alternative fuels in transport, setting out legally binding rules for all stakeholders in a one-stop shop to facilitate the diversification of primarily personal transport into low-emission and zero-emission transport. The law shall cover the creation, registration and operation of recharging/supply infrastructure
                     
                  
               
                     
                        64
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Reform of the deployment of alternative fuels infrastructure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Operational recharging or refuelling points for alternative powered vehicles
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        1300
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        1714
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The number of publicly accessible recharging points in the country is expected to increase from 1300 to 1714, excluding those foreseen in target 65 and 66.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        65
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E: Promoting the deployment of alternative fuels infrastructure in transport
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Operational recharging points accessible to the public for electric vehicles 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        482
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Constructed and operational normal and high-power recharging points for electric vehicles. 
                     
                     
                        The charging stations shall be in accordance with the definitions in Directive (EU) 2018/2001
                     
                  
               
                     
                        66
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E: Promoting the deployment of alternative fuels infrastructure in transport
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Operational recharging points for electric vehicles owned by public administrations
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        104
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The target captures the electric vehicles recharging infrastructure that will be available for the public administration.  The charging stations shall be in accordance with the definitions in Directive (EU) 2018/2001 
                     
                  
               
            
               D.3. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for the loan 
            
            
               Investment A:  Further increasing railway infrastructure capacity
            
            
               The investment aims to promote rail transport and connectivity with urban centres. The selected project shall focus on the phase 1 of the upgrading of the Ljubljana railway station by removing existing bottlenecks.
            
            
               Renovation works shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
            
               D.4. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for the loan 
            
            
                     
                        Sequential Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicators   (for milestones)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicators   (for targets)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Indicative timeline for completion 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit of measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Baseline 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quarter
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        67
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Further increasing railway infrastructure capacity
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contract for upgrading the Ljubljana railway station – Phase 1 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Communication of awards
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The selected project shall address existing bottlenecks at the Ljubljana railway station and shall ensure the capacity of the railway line to the axle load of category D4 (22,5 t/axle) for freight transport, higher speeds, the possibility to carry trains with a length of 740 m for freight services and the standard required by the Technical Specification for Interoperability Regulation, in compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        68
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Further increasing railway infrastructure capacity
                     
                  
                  
                     
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed renovation of Ljubljana Railway Station
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         Completed construction works and report on technical inspection issued.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed construction works at the Ljubljana Railway Station in compliance with requirements under milestone 67 and report on technical inspection issued.
                     
                  
               
               E. COMPONENT 5: CIRCULAR ECONOMY – RESOURCE EFFICIENCY
            
            
               This component of the Slovenian recovery and resilience plan addresses challenges related to achieving climate neutrality by 2050, increasing material productivity, promoting energy efficiency and eco-innovation, improving the waste management system and strengthening the wood processing chain. The component also introduces green budgetary planning.
            
            
               The objective of the component is supporting the transition of Slovenia’s linear economy to a low-carbon circular economy, in line with Slovenia’s Development Strategy 2030 and the new EU Circular Economy Action Plan: ‘Towards a Cleaner and More Competitive Europe’. 
            
            
               These investments and reforms shall contribute to the Country Specific Recommendations addressed to Slovenia in the past two years to “focus investment-related economic policy on […] low carbon and energy transition (Country Specific Recommendation 3, 2019) and to “focus on investments for the green […] transition, in particular on clean and efficient energy production and use, environmental infrastructure” (Country Specific Recommendation 3, 2020).
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).  
            
            
            
               E.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
         
         
            
               Reform A: Establishing a Framework for Sustainable and Green Transformation
            
            
               The objective of the reform is to accelerate the transition to a circular economy for resource efficiency. 
            
            
               A strategic and legal framework for the transition to a circular economy shall be established to improve extended producer responsibility and promote the integration of recycled materials into new products. The reform shall establish green budgetary planning by introducing a methodology aimed at identifying and assessing elements of the public budget that affect environmental policies. The reform shall facilitate budget steering and support the coherence of budgetary and fiscal policies with climate objectives. The reform shall also strengthen the existing green public procurement system by integrating the principles of circular economy. It shall establish a one-stop shop to support businesses, in particular small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) in their transition to a circular economy. 
            
            
               The milestones related to the implementation of the reform shall be completed by 31 December 2023.
            
            
               Investment B: Integrated Strategic project for the Decarbonisation of Slovenia through the Transition to a Circular Economy
            
            
               The objective of investment is to establish a mechanism for coordination of different instruments and actions across policy objectives relevant for the transition to a circular economy. 
            
            
               Programs under this investment shall cover strengthening the capacity of regions and local communities for the transition to a circular economy, supporting start-ups in the field of low-carbon circular economy, training mentors to assist companies in identifying and developing transformative solutions and supporting the circular value chains through environment-friendly business environment for investors.
            
            
               The milestones and targets related to the implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2025. 
            
            
               Investment C: Increased Wood Processing to Accelerate the Transition to a Climate-neutral Society
            
            
               This investment is expected to contribute towards increased domestic wood processing based on an environmentally friendly production process and resource efficiency.
            
            
               This investment shall finance new capacity and expansion of existing capacity for wood processing. In both cases, activities shall follow the principles of sustainable construction and the use of best available techniques. They will be also subject to strict do no significant harm criteria, in particular on the protection of biodiversity.
            
            
               The investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
            
               E.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
                     
                        Sequential Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicators (for milestones)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicators   (for targets)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Indicative timeline for completion 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit of measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Baseline 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quarter
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        69
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Establishing a framework for sustainable and green transformation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of amendments on extended producer responsibility and recovery of waste 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the law indicating the entry into force of amendments to the Decree on the Management of Packaging and Packaging Waste and the Waste Regulation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The amendments to the Decree on the Management of Packaging and Packaging Waste and the Waste Regulation shall increase organisational and financial responsibility of manufacturers and promoting the integration of recycled materials into new products. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        70
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Establishing a framework for sustainable and green transformation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Developing and applying of a green budgetary planning methodology
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Development and start of application of a green budgetary planning methodology 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Ministry of Finance shall develop and apply a methodology for assessing the impact of individual budget lines on environmental objectives (climate tagging) in line with the taxonomy and the ‘do no significant harm’ principle in Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01). . The methodology shall be adopted, published, and enter into application and shall allow monitoring green budget expenditure and the assessment of environmental and climate impact of fiscal policy. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        71
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Establishing a framework for sustainable and green transformation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        One-stop shop for the circular economy is operational
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The one-stop shop for the circular economy is operational
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The one-stop-shop shall support businesses, in particular small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) in their transition to a circular economy. It shall systematically integrate and coordinate the implementation of the six programmes of the Integrated Strategic Project of decarbonisation of Slovenia through the transition to a circular economy. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        72
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Integrated strategic project to decarbonise Slovenia through the transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contracts for support to companies in the transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Communication of awards
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The projects shall increase the resource efficiency of the selected companies.
                     
                     
                        The selection criteria shall ensure compliance with the “do no significant harm” Technical Guide (2021/C58/01). For all projects related to installations covered by the EU emissions trading system, it shall be ensured that the supported installations achieve their projected greenhouse gas emissions significantly below the limit set for free allocation as set out in Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2021/447
                           2
                        . 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        73
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Integrated strategic project to decarbonise Slovenia through the transition to a circular economy 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed projects to support companies in the transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        200
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed projects in compliance with the requirements under milestone 72. 
                     
                     
                     
                        The total amount of funding shall be at least EUR 20 000 000.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        74
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Increasing wood processing to accelerate the transition to a climate-neutral society
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contracts for supporting environmentally-friendly wood processing
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Communication of awards
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Projects shall promote the processing of wood in an environmentally sound and resource-efficient manner and in line with the principles of the circular economy, sustainable construction, and the use of best available techniques. The project selection criteria shall ensure compliance with the “do no significant harm” Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01), in particular on the protection of biodiversity. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        75 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Increasing wood processing to accelerate the transition to a climate-neutral society
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed projects for supporting environmentally- friendly wood processing 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        8
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Projects for supporting environmentally- friendly wood processing completed in compliance with requirements under milestone 74.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        76
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Increasing wood processing to accelerate the transition to a climate-neutral society
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed projects for supporting environmentally- friendly wood processing 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        8
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        28
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Projects for supporting environmentally- friendly wood processing completed in compliance with requirements under milestone 74.
                     
                     
                     
                        The total amount of funding shall be at least EUR 28 000 000.
                     
                  
               
               F. COMPONENT 6: DIGITAL TRANSFORMATION OF THE ECONOMY
            
            
               Slovenian companies are lagging behind in the pace of adaptation to changes brought by the digitalisation due to lack of competences and skills of employees and limited resources for investment in equipment and advanced digital technologies.
            
            
               Against this background, the objectives of this component of the Slovenian recovery and resilience plan are to increase the efficiency and growth of businesses, to support their transformation through digital technologies, to accelerate greater use of advanced technologies, while adapting the regulatory framework, improving market access, transparency and security, which in the long term is expected to increase the country’s competitiveness. Further integration in global value chains of the Slovenian companies shall be supported through engaging in multi-country projects.
            
            
               These investments and reforms will contribute to the Country Specific Recommendations addressed to Slovenia in 2019 to “improve the business environment by reducing regulatory restrictions and administrative burden” (Country Specific Recommendation 2, 2019) and in 2020 to “focus investment on the […] digital transition […] and on the rollout of the 5G network. Promote digital capacities of businesses, and strengthen digital skills, e-Commerce […]” (Country Specific Recommendation 3, 2020).
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).  
            
         
         
            
            
               F.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform A: Digital transformation of the economy (business and industry)
            
            
               The digital transformation of the economy shall be supported through the entry into force of a Strategy for the Digital Transformation of Enterprises, guidelines for innovative procurement, and the operationalisation of a single digital identity (e-identity) for companies. The Strategy shall provide for the transfer of registers to a single business register. In accordance with the Strategy, at least 200 businesses shall acquire an e-identity. 
            
            
               The Strategy shall also include a roadmap for the implementation of the Common Union Toolbox for Connectivity
                  3
               , which shall focus on activities relating to a single information point. The latter may be linked to a single register and e-identity of businesses.  
            
            
               The milestones and targets related to the implementation of the reform shall be completed by 30 June 2022. 
            
            
               Investment B: Industrial/Business Digital Transformation Programme
            
            
               The investment is expected to increase productivity and growth through the optimisation of processes and the implementation of advanced digital technologies, to develop the digital skills of employees, and to stimulate competitiveness and innovation by facilitating the entry of new participants in the market.
            
            
               A competitive call for tenders shall identify specific projects for extending the use of advanced technologies to increase efficiency, productivity and competitiveness, and accelerate the uptake of digital innovation and the transfer of digital competences. The beneficiaries shall be consortia comprising large companies and innovative start-ups. Companies shall develop and implement a comprehensive digital transformation strategy to achieve the objectives in the call for tenders.
            
            
               The milestones and targets related to the implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2023.
            
            
               Investment C: Establishment of hybrid cloud infrastructure at the Ministry of Economic Development and Technology 
            
            
               The objective of the investment is to facilitate access of businesses to public services by using a digital identity, in particular by simplifying processes (tendering, application, monitoring, verification) in the implementation of public-funded programmes), and enhancing digital skills.
            
            
               The investment shall operationalise the new infrastructure for the creation of the hybrid cloud at the Ministry of Economic Development and Technology, define the associated services and functionalities, and ensure connectivity with other digital systems of the public administration.
            
            
               The milestone related to the implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2022.
            
            
               Investment D: Cross border and multi-country projects - European common data infrastructure and services
            
            
               The objectives of the multi-country projects on European common data infrastructure and services are to develop and deploy at first industrial deployment the new generation of low power infrastructure and services from Edge to Cloud, to ultimately equipping the EU with global, forward-looking, ultra-secure, green industrial data processing capabilities.
            
            
               This project may take the shape of a planned Important Project of Common European Interest (IPCEI) on Next Generation Cloud Infrastructure and Services.
            
            
               Investment E: Cross border and multi-country projects - Low-Power Processors and Semiconductor Chips
            
            
               The objectives of the multi-country project on Low-Power Processors and Semiconductor Chips are strengthening the capabilities in design and increasing the resilience of EU and Slovenian semiconductor value chains, connecting national and EU processes to overlap circles of work, and strengthening the microelectronics value chain through (1) modular approach (tools and equipment, materials, design, manufacturing, packaging and testing), driven by the needs of industry, (2) definition of new development through the definition of microelectronics ecosystem, (3) integrating the whole microelectronics ecosystem in Europe.
            
            
               This project may take the shape of a planned Important Project of Common European Interest (IPCEI).
            
         
         
            
               The milestones and targets related to the implementation of the project shall be completed by 30 June 2023.
            
            
               Investment F: Cross border and multi-country projects - European Blockchain Services Infrastructure 
            
            
               The objectives of the multi-country project on European Blockchain Services Infrastructure (EBSI) are to strengthen the use of EBSI in the public sector, extend usability of EBSI through the integration with national infrastructures, enhance innovation, exchange knowledge and best practices, and raise skills.
            
            
               The project shall upgrade the existing nodes and by adding new nodes into the network, connect and integrate the national blockchain infrastructures of at least three EU Member States and integrate national infrastructures with EBSI by using cases from the field of digital identities and other relevant fields.
            
            
               The milestones and targets related to the implementation of the project shall be completed by 31 December 2022.
            
            
               F.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
                     
                        Sequential Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicators   (for milestones)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicators   (for targets)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Indicative timeline for completion 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit of measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Baseline 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quarter
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        77
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Digital transformation of the economy (business and industry)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adoption of a strategy for the digital transformation of enterprises
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adoption of the strategy for the digital transformation of enterprises by the government 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A business digital transformation strategy shall be developed and adopted by the government setting out the basic steps of the digital transformation. The strategy shall ensure all business operators in Slovenia are registered in one register, in accordance with the “once-only” principle embedded in the Single Digital Gateway Regulation (EU) 2018/1724.
                     
                     
                     
                        The Strategy shall include a roadmap for the implementation of the Common Union Toolbox for Connectivity
                           4
                        , including activities relating to a single information point and a specific timeline for the completion of each action.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        78
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Digital transformation of the economy (business and industry)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Guidelines for innovative public procurement 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Guidelines for innovative public procurement adopted by the Government of the Republic of Slovenia
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The guidelines for innovative procurement shall define the selection procedures and criteria for the participation of applicants in innovative public procurement procedures.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        79
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Digital transformation of the economy (business and industry)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Enterprises with e-identity assigned
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        200
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 200 enterprises shall acquire an e-identity in accordance with the Strategy for the digital transformation of enterprises.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        80
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Industrial/business digital transformation programme 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contracts for projects for the digital transformation of enterprises
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Communication of awards
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Applicants shall be consortia or other forms of integration of companies, comprising at least one large company and multiple small and medium-sized enterprises and start-ups.
                     
                     
                     
                        Tender criteria shall include, inter alia, strengthening employees’ digital competences, and introduction of e-identity and digital business card.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        81
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Industrial/business digital transformation agenda 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Consortia of companies with produced digital strategy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        20
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Consortia awarded contracts under milestone 80 shall develop tailored digital strategies for transformation of business, technology, organisation, and culture. These shall include, inter alia, a digital readiness assessment, identification of relevant areas for digitalisation, relevant data and sources, integration of data, and learning needs.
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        82
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Industrial/business digital transformation agenda 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Consortia supported with completed comprehensive digital transformation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        20
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed projects in accordance with the digital strategies produced under milestone 81. 
                     
                     
                     
                        The total amount of funding shall be at least EUR 44,000,000, of which at least EUR 11,000,000 shall be dedicated to small and medium enterprises.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        83
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Cross border and multi-country projects - European Common Data Infrastructure and Services
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Launch of the call for expression of interest in a new project on next generation cloud.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication of a call for expression of interest
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Call for corporate interest in participating in a multi-country cross-border project of common European data infrastructures and services, planned to be implemented as Important Project of Common European Interest (IPCEI) on Next Generation Cloud Infrastructure and Services.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        84
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Cross border and multi-country projects - European Common Data Infrastructure and Services
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Data processing solutions  developed and integrated at pilot phase
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        7
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Integrated projects under milestone 83 shall contribute towards the development and initial rollout of the next generation of innovative cloud and edge solutions to ultimately contribute to the building of a European Common Data Infrastructure and its associated innovative Smart Processing Services.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        85
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E: Cross border and multi-country projects - Low-Power Processors and Semiconductor Chips
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Finalisation of the list of potential participants to the common project.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Finalisation of the list
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Finalisation of the list of participants in a multi-country project in the field of microelectronics, planned to be implemented as Important Project of Common European Interest (IPCEI).
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        86
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E: Cross border and multi-country projects - Low-Power Processors and Semiconductor Chips
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of projects started
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Started projects in specific areas (such as communication chip design, development of advanced semiconductor processes, system integration and cores for the use in different smart mobility applications, smart cities and communities, smart factories) in the value chain of the joint project under milestone 85.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        87
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        F: Cross border and multi-country projects - European Blockchain Services Infrastructure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        European Blockchain Services Infrastructure Nodes opened at national level 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        8
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Blockchain infrastructure formed of inter-connected nodes (electronic devices connected to a network and posing an IP address). Nodes shall support additional needs/services to be opened at national level.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        88
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        F: Cross border and multi-country projects - European Blockchain Services Infrastructure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Services operated through European Blockchain Services Infrastructure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        6
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The services shall be identified through an early adopters programme and shall be made available in line with the orientations of the Digital Europe programme. New services that may be tested on European Blockchain Services Infrastructure shall also be identified.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        89
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Establishment of cloud infrastructure at the Ministry of Economic Development and Technology
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Cloud infrastructure is operational
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A hybrid cloud providing infrastructure and basic services is operational in the Ministry of Economic Development and Technology
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The hybrid cloud shall facilitate business access to public services through the use of digital identity. Hybrid cloud computing refers to policy-based and coordinated cloud service usage across a mixture of on-premise and public cloud services.
                     
                     
                  
               
               G. COMPONENT 7: DIGITAL TRANSFORMATION OF THE PUBLIC SECTOR AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
            
            
               This component of the Slovenian recovery and resilience plan addresses digitalisation challenges related to the public administration such as ensuring broadband coverage across the territory of Slovenia, uptake of public sector e-services, interoperability between data management systems, digital skills and equipment of civil servants, cybersecurity, and ensuring coordination in managing ICT investments. 
            
            
               The objective of the component is to respond to critical shortcomings identified in digitalisation of the public sector during the COVID-19 pandemic. In particular, the component aims to create an environment for successful digital transformation, strengthen e-government, increase digital skills, and enhance cybersecurity.
            
            
               The component shall further address the transition to a Gigabit society by improving the regulatory environment and strengthening digital connectivity through investment in broadband infrastructure in hard-to-reach areas. 
            
            
               These investments and reforms shall contribute to the Country Specific Recommendations addressed to Slovenia in 2020 to “focus investment on the […] digital transition […] and on the rollout of the 5G network. Promote digital capacities of businesses, and strengthen digital skills, e-Commerce […]” (Country Specific Recommendation 3, 2020).
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).  
            
            
            
               G.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform A: Strengthening governance of the digital transformation of public administration
            
            
               The objectives of the reform are to improve the governance of digital transformation in the public administration. This is expected to be achieved through the adoption of a Digital Public Services Strategy 2021-2030 and the establishment of an Informatics Development Council as a coordinating body of digital solutions. 
            
            
               The Digital Public Services Strategy 2021-2030 shall be adopted by the government and shall aim at user-friendly and simple digital services, ensuring data for better services and decision-making, and providing a secure, trustworthy and inclusive digital environment. 
            
            
               The Informatics Development Council shall function as management body for the coordination of operations in the public sector related to IT investment, standards, back-office systems and other technological developments where compatibility of the systems is essential for their operation and maintenance. 
            
            
               The milestone related to the implementation of the reform shall be completed by 31 December 2021.
            
         
         
            
               Reform B: Creating an environment for the use of e-services by public administration
            
            
               The objectives of the reform are to provide the adequate legal basis for e-services provided by the public administration, in particular the introduction of e-ID services.
            
            
               The entry into force of the Electronic Identity and Trust Services Act and the amended Identity Card Act shall operationalise the use of national e-identity for the use of public services and provide basic conditions for e-commerce. The e-ID shall be recognised cross-border and notified under eIDAS. 
            
            
               The milestone related to the implementation of the reform shall be completed and the start of issuing of e-ID documents shall take place by 30 June 2022.
            
            
               Reform C: Modernising administrative processes for successful digital transformation
            
            
               The objectives of the reform are to provide the legal basis for the further digitalisation of public services. 
            
            
               The General Administrative Procedure Act and the Decree on Administrative Commerce shall be amended to enlarge the scope of electronic procedures in administrative processes.  
            
            
               The milestone related to the implementation of the reform shall be completed by 31 December 2022.  
            
            
               Reform D: Establishment of a Competence Centre and increasing skills of staff in the public administration
            
            
               The objective of the reform is to improve human resources management in the state administration.
            
            
               A Competence Centre shall be established by amending the Civil Service Act and become operational. The Centre shall promote a strategic approach to competence management and shall act as a training centre, inter alia, for digital skills. In addition, a Civil Service Management Strategy on talent management, career development, life-long learning, and the new realities brought by the COVID-19 pandemic shall be adopted.
            
            
               The milestone related to the implementation of the reform shall be completed by 31 December 2023.
            
            
               Reform E. Ensuring cybersecurity
            
            
               The objectives of this reform are to strengthen the strategic and operational level of entities which are part of the national cybersecurity system, by improving their inter-connectivity and cooperation. 
            
            
               The capacity of the Cybersecurity Emergency Response Team (Sigov-CERT) and Administration of the Republic of Slovenia for Information Security (URSIV) shall be strengthened through the establishment of a cybersecurity certification authority, an Information Sharing and Analysis Centre platform, and a security incident notification platform in URSIV.
            
            
               The reform shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               Reform F. Transition to a Gigabit Society
            
            
               The objective of this reform is to contribute towards providing broadband coverage across the whole territory of the Republic of Slovenia.
            
            
               The Electronic Communications Act shall be amended to optimise procedures for constructing electronic communication networks, increase efficiency of joint construction, and the predictability of the business environment. A national Broadband Plan shall be adopted by the Government of Slovenia and shall set out the needs in order to develop broadband coverage across Slovenia by 2025 and the measures to achieve this goal. 
            
            
               The milestone related to the implementation of the reform shall be completed by 30 June 2022.
            
         
         
            
               Investment G. Modernising the digital environment of public administration
            
            
               The objectives of the investment are to develop user-centric e-services, upgrade the IT infrastructure in the public administration, implement a pilot project for an automatised sustainable management of public buildings, and deliver digital services and enhance skills development for civil servants.
            
            
               The investment consists in several sub-investments, in particular:
            
            
               ·Trainings in digital skills for civil servants to be completed by at least 40,000 participants;
            
            
               ·A digital e-Law platform for the drafting, adoption, and publishing of national legislation and regulations;
            
            
               ·A multi-country project related to the establishment and operationalisation of a national QCI (quantum communication infrastructure) and its connection to national networks of neighbouring countries and dedicated satellites to other networks. 
            
            
               The investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               Investment H. Gigabit infrastructure
            
            
               The objective of the investment is to enable the deployment of infrastructure for broadband access to upgradeable very high capacity networks. 
            
            
               The investment shall support the construction of very high capacity broadband networks to at least 8500 households in ‘white areas’, primarily in sparsely populated areas and difficult terrain. Projects shall minimise the impact on space and the environment by prioritising shared use of existing infrastructure and joint construction and integration with other infrastructure investments. 
            
            
               The investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
            
               Investment I. Digitalisation of internal security
            
            
               The objective of the investment is to improve and upgrade the technology available at the level of the Slovenian police to optimise and support the work processes.
            
            
               A private cloud interoperable with the existing systems at the level of the Slovenian state shall be established and operational for the needs of the national police. This cloud is expected to ensure smooth running of police applications. 
            
            
               A state-wide TETRA digital radio network infrastructure shall be established and operational for the needs of the national police. The network shall be compatible with other national radio systems of neighbouring countries. 
            
            
               The milestones and targets related to the implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2025.
            
            
               Investment J. Digitalisation of education, science and sports
            
            
               The objective of the investment is to digitalise the pedagogical process and the institutional management for all education levels, provide adequate information and communication infrastructure, and provide relevant e-services for developing digital competences. High speed connectivity, data storage and enhancing of competences for open data and open science within the research organisations shall be ensured. This is expected to contribute towards developing digital skills and competences and towards reducing the digital divide.
            
            
               The investment shall ensure in particular:
            
         
         
            
               ·connectivity for primary and secondary institutions, higher vocational colleges, as well as adult education organisations;
            
            
               ·development and operationalisation of new IT solutions to support the digitisation of the pedagogical process for all education levels;
            
            
               ·high-speed fiber optic backbone network between PoPs (Point-of-Presence) of Academic and Research Network of Slovenia (Arnes) and data repositories for preservation of open research results;.
            
            
            
               The targets related to the implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2025.
            
            
               Investment K. Green Slovenian location framework
            
            
               The objective of the investment is to foster smart management of space as a scarce natural resource and limit construction on new land, increasing the resilience to climate change. In addition, it is expected to provide real-time spatial data and services based on the combined use of real estate, environmental, water records, economic public infrastructure, and building land records. 
            
            
               The investment shall ensure that key spatial and environmental digital data is interconnected. This is expected to support the development and operationalisation of digital services related in particular to the environment, flood areas, land policy at local and national level, and public participation in spatial planning.
            
            
               The targets related to the implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2025.
            
            
               Investment L. The digital transition in agriculture, food and forestry
            
            
               The objective of the investment is to simplify the administrative burden for beneficiaries of the future Common Agricultural Policy and for the forestry sector, as well as to provide improved data for decision-makers.
            
            
               The investment consists in developing in particular a data warehouse that is expected to enable the connection and distribution of data, support the work of the Food Safety, Veterinary and Plant Protection Authority and digitise databases in livestock farming. E-services shall be developed in the areas of agriculture, food, forestry, public agriculture advisory services, and monitoring and inspection on that basis.
            
            
               The investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
            
               Investment M. Digitalisation in the field of culture
            
            
               The objective of the investment is to increase the accessibility cultural heritage, optimise the processes of declaring cultural monuments and obtaining cultural protection consents for heritage interventions, and support e-archiving.
            
            
               The investment consists in building up an e-culture information platform to improve infrastructure and ensure the integration of digital cultural content into distance education processes, while also developing the competences of cultural creators for generating digital content in tourism. E-services shall be operational and in use by cultural institutions. 
            
            
               An e-heritance system to modernise and establish dynamic e-services for the protection of cultural heritage and an upgrade of the Slovenian e-ARH.si system for e-archiving process is expected to contribute to the transformation of this sector.
            
            
               The targets related to the implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2025.
            
            
               Investment N. Digitalisation in the field of justice
            
         
         
            
               The objective of the investment is to improve the accessibility of justice for both businesses and citizens. 
            
            
               The investment shall expedite further digitisation of services and development of new IT solutions to ensure comprehensive exchange of information and legal documentation and contribute to faster resolution of court`s litigations. Secure and quality audio-video equipment shall improve access for citizens and companies. A system for distance training and digitalisation of exams shall be developed for the Judicial Training Centre. 
            
            
               The investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               G.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
                     
                        Sequential Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicators   (for milestones)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicators   (for targets)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Indicative timeline for completion 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit of measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Baseline 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quarter
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        90
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Strengthening the governance of the digital transformation of public administration
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        State Administration Informatics Development Council established and operational
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adoption of decision on establishment of the Council by the government and appointment of its members by the Ministry of Public Administration
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Council shall provide a central point for the public administration for the coordination of operations at operational level related to IT investment, standards, back-office systems and other technological developments where compatibility of the systems is essential for their efficient operation and maintenance.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        91
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Creating an environment for the use of e-services by public administration 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Secure national e-identity documents
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Start of issuing of new national e-identity cards
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The first new e-ID cards shall be issued. This will be used nationally and cross-border in e-commerce. 
                     
                     
                        The new identity card shall enable the citizen to identify and authenticate electronically in order to access electronic services and to sign electronically.  The legal basis for issuing e-identity shall be the Electronic Identity and Trust Services Act and the amended Identity Card Act (Act amending the Identity Card Act).
                     
                     
                        The system shall be notified under eIDAS to be cross border compliant.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        92
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Establishment of a competence centre and increasing skills of staff in the public administration
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A competence centre established and operational 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Competence Centre is operational 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Competence Centre shall be established through amendments to the Civil Service Act. 
                     
                     
                        The Centre shall contribute to the creation of a modern and efficient system of human resources management through the development of different managerial and operational competences such as recruitment, career development, and talent detection. It shall inter alia contribute to the improvement of digital competences of civil servants.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        93
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Modernising administrative processes for successful digital transformation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Removal of legal and administrative obstacles to the provision of e-services
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provisions in the law indicating the entry into force of amendments to the General Administrative Procedure Act and the Decree on Administrative Commerce 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The amendments to the General Administrative Procedure Act and to the Decree on Administrative Commerce shall aim at the simplification of legal requirements for the provision of electronic public administration services and the further digitalisation of administrative processes. These shall include, inter alia, payment services, support for the development of electronic applications, and the electronic submission of documents.
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        94
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        F: Transition to Gigabit Society
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adoption of a Broadband Plan 2021-2025 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Broadband Plan is adopted by the government
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The adopted plan shall set out: 1. the need to ensure adequate broadband networks in Slovenia by 2025, in line with the objectives for Connectivity for a European Gigabit Society 2025; 2. A national plan for the construction of 5G infrastructure; 3. the necessary changes to the legal bases in the field of electronic communications; 4. measures to ensure appropriate radio spectrum area in Slovenia, 5. concrete measures needed to achieve the objectives, 6. Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) to achieve the set targets within the set deadlines
                     
                  
               
                     
                        95
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E: Ensuring cybersecurity
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Increased capacity of public administration to respond to cybersecurity incidents
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Information sharing and analysis centre platform, incident notification platform, and a cybersecurity certification authority are operational 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A national cybersecurity certification authority, a functioning Information Sharing and Analysis Centre (ISAC) platform in the Administration of the Republic of Slovenia for Information Security, and a functioning security incident notification platform in the Administration of the Republic of Slovenia for Information Security shall be established and operational.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        96
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        G: Modernising the digital environment of public administration
                     
                  
                  
                     
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Establishment of a national SI-EuroQCI network 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A national SI-EuroQCI network is operational
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The national SI-EuroQCI (secure quantum communication infrastructure) network shall be operational and connected to the national networks of neighbouring countries and with the constellation of dedicated satellites
                     
                  
               
                     
                        97
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        G: Modernising the digital environment of public administration
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into operation of the e-Legislation platform 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into operation of the e-Legislation platform
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A single digital platform shall carry out all activities related to the drafting, adoption, and publication of legislation, for all public authorities. 
                     
                     
                        External stakeholders and the public shall access the digital platform through an upgraded national legal-legislative portal.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        98
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        G: Modernising the digital environment of public administration
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of civil servants having completed digital skills training
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        40000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 40 000 participants shall complete trainings for digital competences. This includes at least 1000 IT specialists (employed civil servants) who shall complete advanced trainings. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        99
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        H: Gigabit infrastructure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Additional households with broadband access 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        8500
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 8500 additional households with upgradeable broadband connections with very high capacity.   These households shall be located in sparsely inhabited areas and in areas where no high capacity broadband infrastructure exist (‘white areas’). 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        100
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        I. Digitalisation of internal security
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Users of the new Police Digital Radio Network (TETRA) 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        11000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The digital radio network of national authorities of the Republic of Slovenia is planned to have 11 000 users. 
                     
                     
                        The network shall use EU coordinated radio frequencies for public security and shall be compatible with national radio systems of neighbouring countries.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        101
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        I. Digitalisation of internal security
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Private police cloud is operational
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Private police cloud is operational
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Applications to support the areas of crime prevention, public security, border checks and business processes shall be installed and used in the cloud.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        102
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        K: Green Slovenian location framework
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Interconnected spatial and environmental digital data infrastructure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The databases of eProstor, eEnvironment, eVodes, and eNatur shall be interconnected. The infrastructure shall ensure the integration of processes, data and services and access to digital data and services in the areas of space, environment, real estate, water and nature. It is expected to serve as a basis for the development of related digital services.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        103
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        L: The digital transition in agriculture, food and forestry
                     
                  
                  
                     
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        New operational e-services in agriculture, food, and forestry
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        15
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A total of 15 e-services are expected to be developed and operational. The e-services shall include in particular:  • Supporting the implementation of the tasks of the Food Safety, Veterinary and Plant Protection Administration  • Systems for implementing the common agricultural policy (animal husbandry databases).  • Sustainable monitoring tool for agricultural activities  • Information system to support smart and targeted inspections to ensure compliance, safety and regulation of agricultural land  • e-equipment and e-operability of forestry public service  • Defining areas by means of time series of satellite data   • acquisition and use of satellite images (for specific areas) with a high resolution
                     
                  
               
                     
                        104
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        L: The digital transition in agriculture, food and forestry
                     
                  
                  
                     
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        New operational e-services in agriculture, food, and forestry
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        15
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        32
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A total of 32 e-services are expected to be developed and operational (including the e-services under target 103). The services shall include in particular:  • Supporting the implementation of the tasks of the  Food Safety, Veterinary and Plant Protection Administration  • Systems for implementing the common agricultural policy (animal husbandry databases, data warehouse)  • Tasks of the public agricultural advisory service  • Sustainable monitoring tool for agricultural activities  • Information system to support smart and targeted inspections to ensure compliance, safety and regulation of agricultural land  • e-Forest Information System, e-forest application  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        105
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N: Digitising justice
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        New or upgraded IT systems in use by judicial institutions
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        12
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A total of 12 IT systems for use in the judicial system shall be developed or upgraded. The IT systems shall, inter alia, ensure the implementation of videoconferencing systems, a system for distance training and a system for digitalisation of exams within the Judicial Training Centre.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        106
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        J: Digitising education, science and sport
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Additional education institutions with optical connections above 1 Gbps
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        228
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        228 primary and secondary education institutions as well as adult education organisations shall be connected to optical connections above 1Gbps.    This is expected to cover about 20 % of the existing educational establishments in the country, and around 40,000 pupils. All secondary schools, institutions for children and young people with special needs and student dormitories shall be covered by the investment.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        107
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        J: Digitising education, science and sport
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Additional 100 Gbps backbone optical connections
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        40
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The backbone optical connections shall connect the data nodes of the public institutes in the Academic and Research Network of Slovenia 
                     
                     
                     
                        At least 40 long-distance optical connections of 100 Gbps shall be permanently deployed, which are expected to cover at least 75 % of all connections between public institutes.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        108
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        J: Digitising education, science and sport
                     
                  
                  
                     
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        New IT solutions used in teaching, learning, sport and tracking of vocational education graduates
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        12
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A total of 12 new IT solutions (applications and digital services) shall be developed and used by educational institutions, public sports institutions, sports organisations, to be used as testing material in teaching, learning, sport and the tracking of vocational and professional graduates.   
                     
                     
                        These shall include, inter alia, applications to digitalise curricula, to support reading of electronic books, to support project-based learning, and to track the employability of vocational education graduates.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        109
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M: Digitalisation in culture
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Cultural institutions with operational dynamic e-services
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        20
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E-services to digitalise cultural content and processes, integrate digital cultural content into distance education processes, and support all stages of work with cultural heritage shall be operational and in use by cultural institutions.
                     
                  
               
               H. COMPONENT 8: RDI – RESEARCH, DEVELOPMENT AND INNOVATION 
            
            
               Slovenia’s research and innovation performance remains suboptimal. The level of research and innovation expenditures and their effectiveness remains modest, which limits the country’s scientific and technological performance. The contribution of research and innovation to productivity growth and competitiveness is hence limited, including towards the digital and green transition. 
            
            
               The objectives of this component of the Slovenian recovery and resilience plan are to improve the governance and coordination of research and innovation policy, increase the level of public and private research and development investments, as well as their efficiency and effectiveness. This would ensure that research, development, and innovation (RDI) is a critical driver of productivity and economic growth. The proposed measures would also ensure that research and innovation is a key enabler for the digital and green transitions.
            
            
               These investments and reforms address the Country Specific Recommendations addressed to Slovenia in 2019 to “focus investment-led economic policy on research and innovation” (Country Specific Recommendation 3, 2019) and 2020 to “focus investment on […] research and innovation” (Country Specific Recommendation 3, 2020).
            
            
               The 2020 Council Recommendation noted that the economic downturn was putting business RDI at risk and that therefore investment was needed to help innovative small and medium enterprises to scale up their production. Furthermore, stronger links between academia and businesses are essential for successfully translating knowledge into innovation, improving the country’s RDI performance, and driving economic growth and supporting the deployment of innovations which are critical for the green and digital transitions.
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).  
            
            
               H.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform A: Operation and management of the RDI system
            
            
               The objectives of the reform are to increase the efficiency and effectiveness of public investment in RDI, to create a competitive and impactful research and innovation environment, and to boost RDI efforts on the green and digital transition.
            
            
               The reform consists in the entry into force of a new Act on Research, Development and Innovation Activities; the introduction of a new model of governance and integration of the research and innovation ecosystem (including the creation of a Joint Programme Committee); the establishment of a common monitoring and evaluation system for RDI policies; the reinforcement and empowerment of the two executive research agencies; and the strengthening the support environment of already established entities and networks at national and international level to promote knowledge flows and academia-business cooperation.
            
            
               The milestones related to the implementation of the reform shall be completed by 30 June 2022
            
            
               Investment B: Co-financing of research innovation projects in support of green transition and digitalisation
            
            
               The objectives of the investment are to promote longer-term collaboration between research organisations, large enterprises and SMEs in the areas of the green and digital transitions and to ensure the stability and predictability of RDI support instruments.
            
            
               The investment consists in the co-financing of collaborative projects between research organisations and business at all levels of technological development. It shall be implemented through two calls for proposals to select consortia of research organisations and business. EUR 20 000 000 shall be dedicated to longer-term large collaborative programmes in industrial research and experimental development, and EUR 45 000 000 for entrepreneurial RDI investments at higher levels of technological development. 
            
            
               The investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
         
         
            
               Investment C: Co-financing of projects to enhance the international mobility of Slovenian researchers and research organisations and to promote the international involvement of Slovenian applicants
            
            
               The objectives of the investment are to improve scientific excellence, research capacity, knowledge transfer and circulation through the promotion of international and intersectoral mobility and reintegration of researchers in the Slovenian RDI landscape.
            
            
               The investment consists of four public calls for the selection and financing of projects promoting mobility and/or reintegration and financing the costs of implementing RDI activities and capacity building for the acquisition and transfer of knowledge to the Slovenian research sector in line with Horizon Europe Marie Sklodowska-Curie Actions. 
            
            
               The investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026. 
            
            
               Investment D: Co-financing of investments in RDI demonstration and pilot projects
            
            
               The objectives of the investment are to improve Slovenia’s innovation performance by increasing public and private investment in RDI, to strengthen public-private cooperation and the wider innovation ecosystem, and to foster entrepreneurial investment for the green transition, in particular in relation to circular economy.
            
            
               The investment consists in a public call to select projects from consortia of companies and research organisations. It shall co-finance the costs of research and development activities in industrial research and experimental development, testing and putting in place a real-world solution.
            
            
               The investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               Investment E: Establishment of the National Food Institute as a central pillar of the innovation ecosystem in food supply chains
            
            
               The objectives of the investment are to support research and innovation towards quality and more sustainable food production, to promote research in the field of human nutrition, to reduce the environmental and climate footprint of the national food system, and to strengthen the transfer of knowledge into practice.
            
            
               The investment consists in establishing an operational institution for RDI and transfer of knowledge and innovation in the field of food supply and development and research infrastructure in the food sector.
            
            
               The milestone related to the implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2025.
            
            
               H.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
                     
                        Sequential Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicators   (for milestones)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicators   (for targets)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Indicative timeline for completion 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit of measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Baseline 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quarter
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        110
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Operation and management of the RDI system
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Act on Research, Development and Innovation Activities 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the law indicating the entry into force of an Act on Research, Development and Innovation Activities following adoption by Parliament
                     
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Act shall aim to increase the efficiency and coordination of RDI governance. The Act shall, inter alia, increase and stabilise public funding for RDI activities, increase the autonomy of public research organisations, establish results-based funding elements, stimulate cooperation of researchers with EU research projects and business, and promote internationalisation and inter-sectoral mobility and knowledge transfer.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        111
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Operation and management of the RDI system
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Joint Programme Committee established and operational
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Joint Programme Committee established and operational by decision on the appointment and tasks of the committee by the Government of the Republic of Slovenia
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Joint Programme Committee shall allow for stable and continuous coordination at both strategic and operational level, including coordination between RDI delivery instruments regardless of the source of funding.
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        112
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Co-financing of research innovation projects in support of green transition and digitalisation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Decision on selection for programmes to develop low carbon society, economy, resilience and adaptation to climate change
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         Communication of decision on selection
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The selected programmes shall focus on low carbon economy, resilience and adaptation to climate change. They shall support industrial development and experimental research. The funding shall be up to EUR 5 000 000 per programme. The total amount of funding shall be at least EUR 10 000 000.
                     
                     
                     
                        Programmes shall support consortia of companies and public research organisations to carry out RDI projects. The supported programmes shall encourage consortium partners to engage in global value and knowledge chains to internationalise the Slovenian economy and to strengthen the supportive environment for innovation development processes. 
                     
                     
                     
                        The programmes shall be technologically neutral in terms of environmental impact at the level of their application. Research and innovation activities relating to the brown research and innovation elements such as coal, oil, natural gas not covered by Annex III of the DNSH Technical Guidance, blue and grey hydrogen, incinerators and landfill sites, shall be excluded.
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        113
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Co-financing of research innovation projects in support of green transition and digitalisation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Decision on selection for programmes in the field of digitalisation and digital transformation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         Communication of decision on selection
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The selected programmes shall focus on digitalisation and digital transformations. They shall support industrial research and experimental development. The funding shall be up to EUR 5 000 000 per programme. The total amount of funding shall be at least EUR 10 000 000.
                     
                     
                     
                        The selection of programmes shall support consortia of companies and public research organisations to carry out RDI projects. The supported programmes shall encourage consortium partners to engage in global value and knowledge chains to internationalise the Slovenian economy and the research community and to strengthen the supportive environment for innovation development processes. 
                     
                     
                     
                        The projects shall be technologically neutral in terms of environmental impact at the level of their application. Research and innovation activities relating to the brown research and innovation elements such as coal, oil, natural gas not covered by Annex III of the DNSH Technical Guidance, blue and grey hydrogen, incinerators and landfill sites, shall be excluded.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        114
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Co-financing of research innovation projects in support of green transition and digitalisation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Decision on selection for circular economy research and innovation projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Communication of decision on selection
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The selected projects shall support research, technology transfer and business-to-business cooperation focusing on the circular economy. The support shall be up to EUR 500 000 per project.
                     
                     
                     
                        The projects shall be technologically neutral in terms of environmental impact at the level of their application. Research and innovation activities relating to the brown research and innovation elements such as coal, oil, natural gas not covered by Annex III of the DNSH Technical Guidance, blue and grey hydrogen, incinerators and landfill sites, shall be excluded.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        115
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Co-financing of research innovation projects in support of green transition and digitalisation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed projects to develop a low carbon society, economy, resilience and adaptation to climate change
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Successfully completed projects to develop a low carbon society, economy, resilience and adaptation to climate change in compliance with the criteria under milestone 112.
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        116
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Co-financing of research innovation projects in support of green transition and digitalisation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed projects in the field of digitalisation and digital transformation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Successfully completed projects in the field of digitalisation and digital transformation in compliance with the criteria under milestone 113.
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        117
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Co-financing of research innovation projects in support of green transition and digitalisation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed circular economy research and innovation projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        50
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Successfully completed circular economy research and innovation projects in compliance with the criteria under milestone 114.
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        118
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Co-financing of research innovation projects in support of green transition and digitalisation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed circular economy research and innovation projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        50
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        95
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Successfully completed projects in compliance with the criteria under milestone 114.
                     
                     
                        The total amount of funding shall be at least EUR 45 000 000.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        119
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Co-financing of projects to enhance the international mobility of Slovenian researchers and research organisations and to promote the international involvement of Slovenian applicants 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed projects for mobility and/or reintegration of Slovenian researchers 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        88
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Projects shall support through a grant of up to three years the costs of mobility of researchers who have obtained a positive or excellent assessment but were not selected for funding under Horizon Europe Calls for Proposals (indicatively 52 researchers).  
                     
                     
                        Further projects shall support the reintegration of researchers in Slovenia who have successfully completed projects under Horizon Europe by providing up to 2 years of support (indicatively 36 researchers). 
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        120
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Co-financing of investment in RDI demonstration and pilot projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed selection for projects in RDI pilot schemes in the field of circular economy 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Communication of decisions
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Selected RDI pilot projects shall focus on the circular economy and shall support research and innovation processes, technology transfer and cooperation between businesses. The support shall be of up to EUR 1 000 000 per project. 
                     
                     
                     
                        The projects shall be technologically neutral in terms of environmental impact at the level of their application. Research and innovation activities relating to the brown research and innovation elements such as coal, oil, natural gas not covered by Annex III of the DNSH Technical Guidance, blue and grey hydrogen, incinerators and landfill sites, shall be excluded.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        121
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Co-financing of investment in RDI demonstration and pilot projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed RDI pilot projects in the field of circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        15
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Successfully completed projects in compliance with the criteria under milestone 120.
                     
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        122
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Co-financing of investment in RDI demonstration and pilot projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed RDI pilot projects in the field of circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        15
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        30
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Successfully completed projects in compliance with the criteria under milestone 120.
                     
                     
                     
                        The total amount of funding shall be at least EUR 30 000 000.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        123
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E: Establishing the National Food Institute as a central pillar of the innovation ecosystem in food supply chains
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into operation of the National Food Institute
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into operation of the National Food Institute
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The institute shall support RDI and transfer of knowledge and innovation in the field of food supply and development. It shall provide food development and research infrastructure, and shall include a floor area for RDI activities in the food processing industry of at least 2200 square metres.
                     
                     
                        New buildings shall comply with requirements for nearly zero emission buildings.
                     
                  
               
               I. COMPONENT 9: RAISING PRODUCTIVITY, A BUSINESS-FRIENDLY ENVIRONMENT FOR INVESTORS
            
            
               This component of the Slovenian recovery and resilience plan addresses the low level of private sector investments in Slovenia by improving the regulation of capital markets, by reforming the principles of public support for private investments, and by providing funding for investments by enterprises. 
            
            
               The objectives of the component are to strengthen alternative, non-bank sources of finance, to facilitate firms’ investment into the most advanced highly productive green and digital technologies, and to strengthen the support framework for companies.
            
            
               These investments and reforms shall address the Country Specific Recommendations addressed to Slovenia in 2019 to “support the development of equity markets” (Country Specific Recommendation 2, 2019) and 2020 to “to provide liquidity and financing to businesses and households […] promote private investment to support the economic recovery” and to “focus investment on the green and digital transition” (Country Specific Recommendation 3, 2020).
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).  
            
            
         
         
            
               I.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform A: Strengthening the capital markets
            
            
               The objective of this reform is to strengthen capital markets in Slovenia.
            
            
               The reform consists of the entry into force of a new Act on forms of alternative investment funds, which shall define the types of alternative investment funds. This new Act shall build on the results of the Structural Reform Support Programme project ‘Strengthening the Alternative Investment Fund (AIF) segment’.
            
            
               Furthermore, a strategy for the Slovenian capital market shall be adopted, setting out specific measures for further development, building on the results of the Structural Reform Support Programme project “Capital Market Enhancement and Development in Slovenia”. 
            
            
               The milestones related to the implementation of the reform shall be completed by 30 June 2022.
            
            
               Reform B: A more productive economy for the digital and green transition
            
            
               The objective of this reform is to increase the productivity of the Slovenian economy by reorienting criteria for public investment support from job creation towards highly productive, sustainable, and digitally oriented business models and investments.
            
            
               The reform consists in the entry into force of amendments to the Investment Promotion Act on promotion of domestic and foreign investment by companies. The amendments shall redirect government investment incentives towards capital-intensive, high value added investments. The reform shall make public support conditional on a specific set of environmental sustainability performance criteria. 
            
            
               The milestones related to the implementation of the reform shall be completed by 30 June 2022.
            
            
               Investment C: Support for decarbonisation, productivity, and competitiveness of companies 
            
            
               The objective of the investment is to support companies increasing productivity.
            
            
               Projects selected shall comply with a specific set of environmental performance criteria, in particular energy and material efficiency, and shall comply with the ‘do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01). In addition, the co-financing agreement shall commit the beneficiaries to the use of additional measurable sustainability targets that shall have to be achieved at the completion of the investment. 
            
            
               In order to ensure that the measure complies with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01), the eligibility criteria contained in terms of reference for upcoming calls for projects shall exclude the following list of activities: (i) activities related to fossil fuels, including downstream use
                  5
               ; (ii) activities under the EU Emission Trading System (ETS) achieving projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not lower than the relevant benchmarks
                  6
               ; (iii) activities related to waste landfills, incinerators
                  7
                and mechanical biological treatment plants
                  8
               ; and (iv) activities where the long-term disposal of waste may cause harm to the environment. The terms of reference shall additionally require that only activities that comply with relevant EU and national environmental legislation may be selected.
            
            
               The investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               Investment D: Providing innovative ecosystems of economic and business infrastructure
            
            
               The objective of the investment is to strengthen the competitiveness of the value chains in various economic sectors through support for innovative ecosystems.
            
            
               The investment shall support the development of economic and business infrastructure that contributes towards the objectives of the Smart Specialisation Strategy (strengthening the competitiveness of the economy by strengthening its innovation capacity). The investment shall further develop existing business zones and degraded areas into business infrastructure and shall limit the need for substantial investments into new urban and transport infrastructure. Beneficiaries shall be required to establish a digital governance platform. 
            
            
               The investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               I.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
         
         
            
                     
                        Sequential Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicators (for milestones)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicators   (for targets)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Indicative timeline for completion 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit of measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Baseline 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quarter
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        124
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Strengthening capital markets
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Act on forms of alternative investment funds
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the law indicating the entry into force of the Act on forms of alternative investment funds 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Act on forms of alternative investment funds shall define three forms of alternative investment funds, namely: an alternative mutual fund formed as separate assets, a special limited partnership and a fixed capital investment company. The reform will follow the EU legal framework and recommendations in the area of capital markets. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        125
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Strengthening capital markets
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adoption of a capital market development strategy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adoption of a capital market development strategy by the government
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The strategy shall include measures to achieve a more dynamic capital market, including through market uptake within the European Capital Union; the establishment of contact points in all global financial markets; establishing an effective online information system on FinTech and other financial services innovations; adaptation of existing measures. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        126
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: A more productive economy for the digital and green transition 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of amendments to the Investment Promotion Act with the aim of promoting the green transition
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the law indicating the entry into force of amendments to the Investment Promotion Act 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The amendment shall ensure that criteria on public investment support for enterprises are focused on highly productive, sustainable, and digitally oriented business models and investments.
                     
                     
                     
                        All supported investments shall include conditions to promote the green transition, including energy efficiency requirements, environmentally responsible management and material production efficiency. 
                     
                     
                     
                        Eligibility criteria shall also ensure that the selected projects comply with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) through the use of an exclusion list and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        127
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: A more productive economy for the digital and green transition 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of Implementing Regulation of the Investment Promotion Act
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the regulation indicating the entry into force of Implementing Regulation of the Investment Promotion Act
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The implementing regulations shall specify further the related criteria under the Investment Promotion Act, in particular with relation to energy efficiency, material efficiency, long-term integration of investment in the region, social responsibility, environmental impact of the investment, contribution of investment to the transition to a natural resource-based circular economy leading to lower greenhouse gas emissions and production with a lower carbon footprint, location in devalued area with appropriate earmarking or in an existing business zone, effects of the investment on harmonious regional development, integration of spatial investment and positive impact of local spatial development.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        128
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Support for decarbonisation, productivity, and competitiveness of companies
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contract for projects to support regional development 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Communication of awards
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contract for projects to support regional development through investment in fixed tangible and intangible assets. The projects shall be awarded based on the Act on Promotion of Regional Development and in compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) through the use of an exclusion list and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        129
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Support for decarbonisation, productivity, and competitiveness of companies
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contract for projects to promote investment
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Communication of awards
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contract for projects to promote investment in manufacturing, services, and research and development activities through investment in fixed tangible and intangible assets. The projects shall be in compliance with the Investment Promotion Act as amended under milestone 126, including compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) through the use of an exclusion list and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        130
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Support for decarbonisation, productivity, and competitiveness of companies
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed projects to promote investment 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        59
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Successfully completed projects in compliance with the requirements under milestone 129.
                     
                     
                        The total amount of funding shall be at least EUR 88 500 000.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        131
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Support for decarbonisation, productivity, and competitiveness of companies
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed projects to support regional development 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        200
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Successfully completed projects in compliance with the requirements under milestone 128.
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        132
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Support for decarbonisation, productivity, and competitiveness of companies
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Additional completed projects to support regional development 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        200
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        300
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Following milestone 131, successful completion of 100 additional projects in compliance with the requirements under milestone 128.
                     
                     
                        The total amount of funding shall be at least EUR 50 000 000.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        133
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Providing innovative ecosystems of economic and business infrastructure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contracts for innovative business infrastructure ecosystems and their management
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Communication of awards
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The selected projects shall support the development of economic business infrastructure and its management. Projects shall support regional development and shall prioritise the re-use of degraded sites and close links to public transport and road connections.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        134
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Providing innovative ecosystems of economic and business infrastructure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed projects for innovative business infrastructure ecosystems and their management
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        15
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Projects completed in compliance with requirements under milestone 133, including a pilot business management project.
                     
                     
                        The total amount of funding shall be at least EUR 19 000 000.
                     
                  
               
               J. COMPONENT 10: LABOUR MARKET – MEASURES TO REDUCE THE IMPACT OF NEGATIVE STRUCTURAL TRENDS 
            
            
               This component of the Slovenian recovery and resilience plan addresses structural employment challenges linked to aging and technological change through a comprehensive set of reforms and investments. These challenges include, inter alia, low employment levels for older workers and people with disabilities, youth unemployment, low participation in life-long learning and training, financial sustainability risks for the pension system, pension adequacy, and the lack of flexible work arrangements.
            
            
               The objectives of the component are strengthening labour market resilience, increasing labour market participation and ensuring fiscal sustainability of the pension system and pension adequacy.
            
            
               These investments and reforms shall address the Country Specific Recommendations addressed to Slovenia in 2019 to “ensure the long-term sustainability and adequacy of the pension system, including by adjusting the statutory retirement age and restricting early retirement. Increase the employability of low-skilled and older workers by improving labour market relevance of education and training, lifelong learning and activation measures, including through better digital literacy” (Country Specific Recommendation 1, 2019) and 2020 to “to provide liquidity and financing to businesses and households” and to “to ensure adequate income compensation and social protection; mitigate the impact of the crisis on employment, inter alia by strengthening short-time working schemes and flexible working arrangements; ensure that these measures provide adequate protection for workers in non-standard forms of employment” (Country Specific Recommendation 2, 2020).
            
            
               J.1. Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform A: Structural measures to strengthen the resilience of the labour market
            
            
               The objective of the reform is to increase the resilience of the labour market by ensuring, in particular, its adaptation to demographic trends. 
            
            
               The reform shall ensure:
            
            
               a.Entry into force of the act establishing a permanent short-time work scheme for severe economic downturns, building on the experience acquired during the COVID-19 crisis. It shall include supporting temporary part-time workers in training or education to strengthen their competences and increase their employability in light of the increasing digitalisation and automation of business processes. 
            
            
               b.Entry into force of legislative changes in the field of unemployment benefits. The provisions in the Labour Market Regulation Act on unemployment benefits shall be amended with a view to increasing the employment rate of older workers and preventing early exit from the labour market. Work shall build on the OECD’s analysis of the pension and disability insurance system in Slovenia. 
            
            
               c.Entry into force of amendments to the pension legislation to ensure the long-term sustainability and adequacy of the pension system. The reform shall take into account the existing expenditure trends, pension conditions, indexation, contributions, linkages between payments and receipts, adequacy and transparency of pension and disability insurance and put forward concrete measures in the legislation to ensure the adequacy of pensions and the fiscal sustainability of the pension system, in order to significantly reduce risks stemming from age-related expenditure from the current high-risk category. The pension reform shall be adopted by 31 December 2024. 
            
            
               d.A review of the ‘Active Employment Policy Action Plan’ and ‘Catalogue of Active Employment Policy Measures’ with a view to ensuring more effective implementation and achievement of the strategic objectives set in the active labour market policy guidelines for 2021-2025, notably on reduction of long-term unemployment and faster activation of older and low skilled workers;
            
            
            
               The milestones related to the implementation of the reform shall be completed by 31 December 2024.
            
            
               Investment B: Supporting more flexible ways of organising work
            
            
               The objective of the investment is to support the organisation of work along more flexible means. 
            
            
               An online platform shall be established and operational. It shall provide all employers and workers with access to teaching materials and tools (such as model contracts, agreements, and internal acts) and providing an entry point for general advice, information and awareness-raising in this area.  
            
            
               Support to introduce more flexible ways of organising work shall be awarded to employers following a competitive public tender. In cooperation with the employers, experts shall identify the shortcomings and barriers and the necessary activities to improve the possibilities to telework in a flexible manner. Projects shall focus on education, adaptation of work organisation and work processes, ensuring occupational safety and health, establishment of infrastructure. Particular attention shall be paid to strengthening the digital competences of employees and ensuring the highest possible level of occupational safety and health. 
            
            
               The investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
         
         
            
               Investment C: Introducing more flexible working methods adapted to the needs of persons with disabilities in sheltered companies and employment centres
            
            
               The objective of the investment is to provide the technical basis for introducing more flexible working methods. 
            
            
               The investment consists in projects for sheltered companies and employment centres. These shall include trainings, which shall be delivered with a focus on strengthening digital competences for persons with disabilities and for employers working with persons with disabilities. The project shall include psychosocial assistance to people with disabilities. In addition, plans for the development of new business models shall be established, with a focus on digitalisation and the introduction of more flexible working methods. 
            
            
               An online platform shall be created with an advisory point to facilitate the exchange of good practices. It shall be dedicated to information, awareness-raising and promotion activities. The advisory point shall provide direct support to all sheltered companies and employment centres in adapting work processes to the needs of people with disabilities. 
            
            
               The target related to the implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2024.
            
            
               Investment D: Faster entry of young people into the labour market
            
            
               The objective of the investment is to reduce youth unemployment following the COVID-19 pandemic.
            
            
               The investment consists in financial incentives for employers to hire young people up to 25 years of age on open-ended contracts. This shall also include a commitment by the employer to provide an appropriate mentor, to provide assistance, and to train them in a specific job. During a subsidy period of 18 months, young people are expected to acquire the additional competences to exercise the profession and enhance their theoretical knowledge with work experience. During this period, the new employee and their mentor shall be involved in training of at least 30 hours with a focus on improving digital competences. 
            
            
               The targets related to the implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2024.
            
            
               Investment E: Training and education of employees
            
            
               The objective of this investment is to support the re-skilling and up-skilling of workers and promote life-long learning.
            
            
               The investment shall target employees and self-employed, and in particular older and low-skilled workers. The investment shall provide grants to finance the reimbursement of training costs for employees and the costs of compensation to employers for lost working time for the duration of the training. 
            
            
               The investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               J.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
                     
                        Sequential Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicators   (for milestones)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicators   (for targets)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Indicative timeline for completion 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit of measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Baseline 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quarter
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        135
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Structural measures to strengthen the resilience of the labour market
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Act establishing a “crisis” short-time work scheme 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the law indicating the entry into force of the Act establishing a “crisis” short-time work scheme 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The draft law shall establish a crisis short-time work scheme with the objective of preserving jobs in the event of unforeseen circumstances. It shall be
                     
                     
                        prepared on the basis of a needs analysis and experience with the implementation of the intervention measure during the COVID-19 epidemic and in cooperation with the social partners. The law shall also provide for training and education obligations during the period of participation in the measure of reduction of working time. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        136
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Structural measures to strengthen the resilience of the labour market
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of amendments to the Labour Market Regulation Act 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the law indicating the entry into force of amendments to the Labour Market Regulation Act 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The amendments in the field of unemployment insurance shall aim at promoting longer working lives and reducing the gap between labour market exit age and the statutory retirement age.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        137
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Structural measures to strengthen the resilience of the labour market
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Draft amendments to pension legislation for consultation 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Draft amendments to the Pension and Disability Insurance Act aimed at ensuring the fiscal sustainability and adequacy of the pensions are transmitted to the Economic and Social Council 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The content of the proposal shall address sustainability challenges, such as expected demographic trends, the relationship between insured and pensioners, adequacy and transparency of pension and disability insurance. The proposal shall include changes to retirement conditions (such as higher retirement age, unification of periods when the required period is adjusted), changes in indexation, linkages between payments and disbursements. 
                     
                     
                     
                        In addition, a modernisation of the Invalidity Insurance Scheme shall be proposed, also with a view to maximising the integration into the labour market of individuals with reduced working capacity and thus improving their social security coverage, as well as measures to increase participation in supplementary pension schemes. 
                     
                     
                     
                        The proposal will ensure the fiscal sustainability of the pension system (risks stemming from age-related expenditure will be significantly reduced from the current high-risk category) and adequacy of pensions.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        138
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Structural measures to strengthen the resilience of the labour market
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Legislative proposal for comprehensive amendments to the Pension and Disability Insurance Act transmitted to the National Assembly 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The proposal for legislative amendments is adopted by the Government of the Republic of Slovenia and transmitted to the National Assembly. 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The government adopts and transmits to the National Assembly legislation to ensure the fiscal sustainability of the pension system (risks stemming from age-related expenditure will be significantly reduced from the current high-risk category) and adequacy of pensions. The proposal will aim at extending the period of employment, increasing the labour market integration of older people, and ensuring the adequacy of pensions and the financial sustainability of the pension system.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        139
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Structural measures to strengthen the resilience of the labour market
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of  amendments to the Pension and Disability Insurance Act, aimed at ensuring  fiscal sustainability of the system and adequate pensions 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the law indicating the entry into force of amendments to the Pension and Disability Insurance Act 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The legislation adopted will ensure the fiscal sustainability of the pension system (risks stemming from age-related expenditure will be significantly reduced from the current high-risk category) and the adequacy of pensions. The objective of the proposal will be to extend the period of employment, reduce the gap between the statutory and effective retirement age, increase the labour market integration of older workers, and ensure the adequacy of pensions and the financial sustainability of the pension system. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        140
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Structural measures to strengthen the resilience of the labour market
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Update of the implementation documents for the Guidelines for the implementation of active labour market policy 2021-2025 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed and published review and update of the implementation documents of the Guidelines 
                     
                     
                        for the implementation of active labour market policy 2021-2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Implementation documents of the Guidelines for the implementation of active labour market policy 2021-2025, in particular the Active Employment Policy Plan and the Catalogue of Active Employment Policy Measures, are reviewed and updated by the Ministry of Labour, Family, Social Affairs, and Equal Opportunities to ensure more effective implementation and achievement of the set strategic objectives. The update shall focus on reducing the number of long-term unemployed persons in the register of the Slovenian Employment Service (comparison with reference period 2020). 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        141
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Supporting more flexible ways of organising work
                     
                  
                  
                     
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Operational online platform with tools for employers and workers to promote flexible ways of work
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Online platform is operational
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The online platform with tools for employers and workers to promote flexible ways of work is established and operational. The online platform shall provide all employers and workers with access to teaching materials and tools supporting flexible ways of organising work. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        142
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Supporting more flexible ways of organising work
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed projects establishing or upgrading home working conditions
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        135
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed projects following a competitive public tender, projects to establish or upgrade home working conditions. These are expected to cover at least 1000 employees in total. 
                     
                     
                     
                        Projects shall include expert assistance in assessing and identifying the specific needs of a company.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        143
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Introducing more flexible working methods adapted to the needs of persons with disabilities in sheltered enterprises and employment centres
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed projects for sheltered enterprises and employment centres 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        53
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Projects shall be awarded following a competitive tender. The beneficiaries shall be sheltered enterprises and employment centres. Projects shall include expert advice for companies to prepare and adapt their working environment to the needs of people with disabilities. Projects shall include education and training for employers and employees for new competencies required to introduce more flexible working arrangements. At least 266 people with disabilities are expected to be involved. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        144
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Faster entry of young people into the labour market
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of additional young people in subsidised employment on the basis of an open-ended contract
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        1300
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of young people up to and including 25 years old in subsidised employment on the basis of an open-ended contract. Subsidies shall be provided for up to 18 months per employment. Employers shall ensure a mentor to support the young person. Each young person and their mentor shall complete at least 30 hours of training, with a focus on improving digital skills, during the subsidy period.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        145
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Faster entry of young people into the labour market
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of additional young people in subsidised employment on the basis of an open-ended contract
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        1300
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        4000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of young people up to and including 25 years old in subsidised employment on the basis of an open-ended contract. Subsidies shall be provided for up to 18 months per employment. Employers shall ensure a mentor to support the young person. Each young person and their mentor shall complete at least 30 hours of training, with a focus on improving digital skills, during the subsidy period.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        146
                     
                  
                  
                     
                     
                        E: Training and education of employees
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of employees having successfully completed training/education programmes
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        7000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of employees and self-employed persons who have successfully completed a training or education programme for up-skilling and re-skilling, with a focus on digital skills.
                     
                     
                        Priority shall be given to older and low-skilled employees. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        147
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E: Training and education of employees
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of employees having successfully completed training/education programmes
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        7000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        11300
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of employees and self-employed persons who have successfully completed a training or education programme for up-skilling and re-skilling, with a focus on digital skills.
                     
                     
                        Priority shall be given to older and low-skilled employees. 
                     
                     
                        The total amount of funding shall be at least EUR 14 370 000.
                     
                  
               
               K. COMPONENT 11: SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT OF SLOVENIAN TOURISM, INCLUDING CULTURAL HERITAGE
            
            
               This component of the Slovenian recovery and resilience plan addresses the severe impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the tourism sector and the impact on employment, the environmental sustainability, quality and value added of Slovenia’s tourist infrastructure, and the development of cultural heritage.
            
            
               The objectives of the component are to support the sustainable development of tourism and improve the international positioning of Slovenia as a leading destination in the field of environmental sustainability and to raise the value added of the sector with measures focused on the improved public infrastructure and on upgrading and promoting cultural heritage.  
            
            
               These investments and reforms shall address the Country Specific Recommendations addressed to Slovenia in 2020 “to provide liquidity and financing to businesses and households […] front-load mature public investment projects and promote private investment to support the economic recovery” and to “focus investment on the green and digital transition” (Country Specific Recommendation 3, 2020).
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).  
            
         
         
            
               K.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform A: Strengthening the sustainable development of tourism
            
            
               The objective of the reform is to respond to the consequences of the COVID-19 pandemic and to provide the medium-term framework for developing Slovenian tourism in the direction of sustainable, high-quality and high value-added tourism.
            
            
               The reform consists in the entry into force of a decree on development incentives for tourism, which shall set out sustainability conditions for public support in the sector. These shall include, inter alia, an energy performance certificate of at least class B for any renovations, obtaining at least one international eco-label, and for new buildings ensuring primary energy demand is at least 20 % lower than the requirement for nearly zero energy buildings. Furthermore, the data monitoring and analysis capacity of the Green Tourism Scheme shall be strengthened. 
            
            
               The milestones related to the implementation of the reform shall be completed by 30 June 2024.
            
            
               Investment B: The sustainable development of tourist accommodation offers to raise the added value of tourism
            
            
               The objective of this investment is to support sustainable tourism through improving the sustainability of tourist accommodation.
            
            
               The investment shall support the refurbishment, extension, or construction of tourist facilities in line with high energy-efficiency standards. Projects shall also include mandatory training in quality of service and digital competences for staff and managers, marketing research, and economic analysis. 
            
            
               The investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               Investment C: Sustainable development of public and shared tourism infrastructure and natural attractions in tourist destinations
            
            
               The objective of this investment is to support sustainable tourism through the development of public and shared tourist infrastructure.
            
            
               The investment consists in the refurbishment and establishment of public and shared tourism infrastructure facilities to complement and improve quality of the tourism offer.
            
            
               The target related to the implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2025.
            
            
               Investment D: Sustainable restoration and revitalisation of cultural heritage and public cultural infrastructure 
            
            
               The objective of this investment is to support sustainable tourism through the revitalisation of cultural heritage and public cultural infrastructure.
            
            
               The investment consists in support to renovation, restoration, overall revitalisation and modernisation of cultural heritage and public cultural infrastructure owned by the state or municipalities with an expected multiplier effect on tourism development. Projects shall include digitalisation and use of ICT technology to promote and interpret cultural heritage.
            
            
               The investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
                
            
            
               K.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
                     
                        Sequential Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicators   (for milestones)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicators   (for targets)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Indicative timeline for completion 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit of measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Baseline 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quarter
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        148
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Strengthening the sustainable development of tourism
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Upgraded data monitoring in the Slovenian Green Tourism Scheme 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Upgrades to data monitoring for the Slovenian Green Tourism Scheme are operational
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         The Slovenian Green Tourism Scheme shall be upgraded to include an analytical tool to measure effects of tourism on leading tourist destinations and to analyse and forecast tourism flows. These data are expected to contribute to the sustainable development of tourism in Slovenia.
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        149
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Strengthening the sustainable development of tourism
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of a Decree on Development Incentives for Tourism 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the decree indicating the entry into force of a Decree on Development Incentives for Tourism following adoption by the government.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The decree shall provide the detailed conditions and criteria for award of incentives under the Tourism Development Promotion Act. 
                     
                     
                          The decree shall promote environmental sustainability, and shall include among the requirements for support an energy performance certificate of at least class B for building renovations, obtaining at least one international eco-label, and for new buildings a primary energy demand that is at least 20 % lower than the requirement for nearly zero energy buildings.
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        150
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Sustainable development of Slovenia’s tourist accommodation offers to raise the added value of tourism 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contracts for increasing the energy efficiency of tourist accommodation 
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Communication of awards
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The selected projects shall comply with the conditions set out in the Decree on Development Incentives for Tourism. In particular, at least 50 % of the eligible costs of renovation or new construction shall relate to energy efficiency improvements. New buildings shall ensure that their primary energy demand is at least 20 % lower than requirement for nearly zero energy buildings.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        151
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Sustainable development of Slovenia’s tourist accommodation offers to raise the added value of tourism 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed energy renovation projects for increasing the energy efficiency of tourist accommodation 
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        44
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed renovation projects in compliance with the conditions under milestone 150. The average size of projects is expected to be at least 51 rooms.
                     
                     
                        The total amount of funding shall be at least EUR 48,500,000.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        152
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Sustainable development of Slovenia’s tourist accommodation offers to raise the added value of tourism 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed construction or full reconstruction projects for increasing the energy efficiency of tourist accommodation 
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        11
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed construction or full reconstruction projects in compliance with the conditions under milestone 150. The average size of projects is expected to be at least 51 rooms.
                     
                     
                        The total amount of funding shall be at least EUR 20,500,000.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        153
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Sustainable development of public and shared tourism infrastructure and natural attractions in tourist destinations 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed projects in public and shared tourism infrastructure 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        35
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed projects in public and shared tourist infrastructure.
                     
                     
                        Projects shall give priority to the use of renewable energy sources and energy efficiency improvements, and shall aim to minimise environmental impact. 
                     
                     
                        The total amount of funding shall be at least EUR 10,000,000.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        154
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Sustainable restoration and revitalisation of cultural heritage and public cultural infrastructure 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contracts for renovation of cultural heritage  sites
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Communication of awards
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed tender procedures for renovation of 15 cultural heritage sites in accordance with the green public procurement act. 
                     
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        155
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Sustainable restoration and revitalisation of cultural heritage and public cultural infrastructure  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Cultural heritage sites renovated
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        15
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed projects in compliance with the requirements under milestone 154.
                     
                     
                        The total amount of funding shall be at least EUR 47,000,000.
                     
                  
               
         
            
               L. COMPONENT 12: STRENGTHENING COMPETENCES, ESPECIALLY DIGITAL AND THOSE REQUIRED BY NEW OCCUPATIONS AND THE GREEN TRANSITION
            
            
               This component of the Slovenian recovery and resilience plan addresses the level of digital competences of pupils, teachers, and adults, the green transition of the education system and educational infrastructure, and the relevance of education to labour market needs.
            
            
               The objectives of the component are to strengthen competences in particular for the digital and green transitions and financial literacy, to respond more quickly to the needs of the economy and society, to facilitate the transition from education to the labour market, to strengthen the resilience of the education system and life-long learning. 
            
            
               These investments and reforms shall address the Country Specific Recommendations addressed to Slovenia in 2019 to “increase the employability of low-skilled and older workers by improving labour market relevance of education and training, lifelong learning and activation measures, including through better digital literacy” (Country Specific Recommendation 1, 2019) and in 2020 to “strengthen digital skills” (Country Specific Recommendation 3, 2020).
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).  
            
            
               L.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform A: Renovating the education system for the green and digital transitions
            
            
               The objective of the reform is to equip pupils and teachers with new competences, notably in the areas of digitalisation, sustainable development and financial literacy. This shall strengthen the resilience of the education system and improve the alignment of competences with labour market demands.
            
            
               The reform consists of a modernisation of education programmes, through the revision of curricula and programming documents in the field of early childhood education and care, primary and secondary education as well as adult learning in the respective subject areas. The revised curricula shall include, inter alia, digital competences, basic computing and IT content, competences for sustainable development, and financial literacy.
            
            
               The target related to the implementation of the reform shall be completed by 31 December 2025.
            
            
               Reform B: Reform of higher education for a green and resilient transition 
            
            
               The objective of the reform is to modernise professional higher education in view of the green and digital transition and to align programmes to labour market and societal needs.
            
            
               The reform consists of modernisation of professional higher education study programmes through the revision of curricula and practical education in a working environment. The revised curricula shall include, inter alia, digital competences and competence for sustainable development and shall reflect the digitalisation of the learning environment.
            
            
               Guidelines for the renewal of professional higher education shall be adopted, including a blueprint for investment in green, resilient, sustainable and digitally connected higher education.
            
            
               The reform shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               Reform C: Modernisation of secondary vocational and vocational education training 
            
            
               The objective of the reform is to facilitate transitions from vocational education to the labour market.
            
            
               The reform consists of modernisation of vocational training and higher vocational education programmes, including by improving the use of the open (non-prescribed) part of the curriculum, using data on the employability of graduates, and focusing more on the digital, green and other competences that future graduates need to work in technologically advanced environments. The reform shall also develop new and promote existing models of cooperation between the education and training sector and employers in the implementation of education programmes, and shall support digitally equipped learning places for students in pilot programmes (focussing on health, social care and early childhood education). 
            
            
               The reform shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
         
         
            
               Investment E: The comprehensive transformation of green and digital education 
            
            
               The objective of the investment is to contribute to the objectives of reform A, namely to strengthen digital competences, competences for sustainable development and the financial literacy of teachers and pupils, to align education systems to needs of labour market, and to facilitate the transition to the labour market.
            
            
               The investment consists of trainings in digital and green skills and financial literacy for professionals in education and training, projects with educational establishments to support the modernisation of pedagogical practices and inclusion of new skills within regular study programmes, and the implementation of adult education programmes in the field of financial literacy.
            
            
               The investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               Investment F: Pilot projects for higher education reform for a green and resilient transition 
            
            
               The objective of the investment is to prepare higher education for increased demand for skills reflecting new societal needs through the development and implementation of more inclusive and flexible learning approaches.
            
            
               The investment consists of implementing pilot projects to integrate green and digital skills in higher education. The investment shall also support the adaptation of professional higher education study programmes to the professions of the future and to the needs of the labour market.
            
            
               The milestone and targets related to the implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2025.
            
            
               Investment G: Strengthening cooperation between the education system and the labour market
            
            
               The objective of the investment is to align competences taught in education, secondary vocational education, and professional education to the needs of the labour market.
            
            
               The investment consists of support, promotion and encouragement of vocational education, the training of mentors in companies to improve the quality of vocational and professional education, and of strengthening the cooperation between schools and employers in training students to acquire practical skills in pilot projects in health, early childhood education and care, and social care.
            
            
               The reform shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               Investment H: Greening education infrastructure in Slovenia
            
            
               The objective of the investment is to contribute to the provision of more modern and environmentally friendly education infrastructure.
            
            
               The investment consists of the construction or extension of six educational institutions, pursuing the objective of building high energy-efficient buildings with a primary energy demand of at least 20 % below the nearly zero-energy building requirement.
            
            
               The reform shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               L.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
                     
                        Sequential Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicators   (for milestones)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicators   (for targets)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Indicative timeline for completion 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit of measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Baseline 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quarter
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        156
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Renovating the education system for the green and digital transitions
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Modernised curricula for early childhood education and care, primary and secondary schools
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        216
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The target refers to the number of curricula that shall be modernised to include inter alia, digital competences, competences for sustainable development and financial literacy.
                     
                     
                        The curricula to be modernised shall be those of early childhood education and care and of primary and secondary schools.
                     
                     
                        The aim of the reform is to equip learners and teaching staff with competences relevant to face current and future challenges to strengthen the resilience of the education system and improve the alignment of competences with labour market requirements to facilitate learners’ transition to the labour market. The modernised curricula shall be approved by the Ministry of Education, Science, and Sport.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        157
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E: The comprehensive transformation of green and digital education
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Professionals and managers having completed training in digital and sustainable development competences
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        9500
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The training for professionals and managers in education and training, provided by external contractors selected following an open and competitive tender, shall strengthen digital competences, competences for sustainable development and financial literacy. Trainings are expected to last for 13 educational days. 
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        158
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E: The comprehensive transformation  of green and digital education
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Professionals and managers having completed training in digital and sustainable development competences
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        9500
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        20000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The training for professionals and managers in education and training, provided by external contractors selected following an open and competitive tender, shall strengthen digital competences, competences for sustainable development and financial literacy. Trainings are expected to last for 13 educational days. 
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        159
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Reform of higher education for a green and resilient transition 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Modernised higher education curricula
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        68
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The target refers to the number of curricula that shall be modernised to include in particular digital competences and competences for sustainable development that are necessary for green and digital transition, digital literacy, information and data literacy, content creation, the use of a digital learning environment. The modernised curricula shall be approved by the Slovenian Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        160
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        F: Pilot projects for higher education reform for a green and resilient transition 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed selection of pilot projects for the renewal of the higher education process 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Communication of results
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The beneficiaries shall be public higher education institutions. Pilot projects shall test solutions for integrating digital and sustainable development competences in higher education curricula with the aim of improving labour market outcomes. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        161
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        F: Pilot projects for higher education reform for a green and resilient transition 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed pilot projects for the renewal of the higher education process
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        30
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed projects in compliance with the requirements under milestone 160.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        162
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Modernisation of secondary vocational education training
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Modernised vocational education training programmes 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        41
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The target refers to the number of curricula that shall be modernised to facilitate the transition to technologically advanced work environments and to make better use of open modules of curricula. 16 higher vocational college programmes and 25 secondary vocational educational programmes are expected to be modernised. The modernised curricula shall be approved by the Ministry of Education, Science, and Sport.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        163
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        G: Strengthening cooperation between the education system and the labour market
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Mentors in companies having successfully completed training
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        3900
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Trainings shall focus on skills to plan and deliver on-the-job practical training to students and trainees. Trainings are expected to strengthen the cooperation between schools and employers. 
                     
                     
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        164
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        H: Greening education infrastructure in Slovenia
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed selection of investment projects in greening education infrastructure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Signature of contracts
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Ministry of Education, Science and Sport shall extend an invitation and sign contracts for the co-financing of infrastructure projects in accordance with the Strategy for Greening Education and Research Infrastructures. Contracts shall ensure that the primary energy demand of all new buildings is at least 20 % lower than the nearly zero-energy building requirement.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        165
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        H: Greening education infrastructure in Slovenia
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Surface area of new educational facilities 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number (m²)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        4906
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed construction and entry into operation of new educational facilities, in compliance with the requirements under milestone 164.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        166
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        H: Greening education infrastructure in Slovenia
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Surface area of new educational facilities 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number (m²)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        4906
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        34532
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed construction and entry into operation of new educational facilities, in compliance with the requirements under milestone 164.
                     
                  
               
               L.3. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for the loan 
            
            
               Reform D: Strategy for greening education and research infrastructure in Slovenia
            
         
         
            
               The objective of the reform is to upgrade educational and research infrastructure in Slovenia for the needs of modern education and research processes, including the design of flexible spaces to enable modern approaches to impart knowledge, such as participative and collaborative learning and an integrated institutional approach in the implementation of education for sustainable development. 
            
            
               The reform consists of the adoption of a strategy for an energy-efficient and development-oriented system of investment in the education and research infrastructure by 2030. The strategy shall define in particular the priorities for investing in the greening of educational and research facilities. The Strategy for Greening Education and Research Infrastructures shall be adopted by the Government of Slovenia.
            
            
               The milestone related to the implementation of the reform shall be completed by 31 December 2022.
            
            
               Investment I: Further greening education infrastructure in Slovenia
            
            
               The objective of the investment is to further contribute to the provision of a sustainable and environmentally friendly education infrastructure.
            
            
               The investment consists of the further construction or extension of nine educational institutions, pursuing the objective of building high energy-efficient buildings with a primary energy demand of at least 20 % below the nearly zero-energy building requirement.
            
            
               The reform shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               L.4. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for the loan 
            
            
                     
                        Sequential Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicators   (for milestones)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicators   (for targets)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Indicative timeline for completion 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit of measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Baseline 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quarter
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        167
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Strategy for greening education and research infrastructure in Slovenia
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adoption of the Strategy for Greening Education and Research Infrastructures
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adoption of the Strategy for Greening Education and Research Infrastructures by the Government 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The strategy shall identify sustainable priorities for green investments in education and research infrastructures and for the maintenance of educational buildings, taking into account specific characteristics and specific needs, such as the principles of sustainable construction of near-zero energy buildings, spatial design, digital transition, and innovative pedagogical approaches. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        168
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        I: Further greening education infrastructure in Slovenia
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed selection of investment projects in greening education infrastructure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Signature of contracts
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Ministry of Education, Science and Sport shall carry out an appropriate invitation to sign a contract for the co-financing of infrastructure projects in accordance with the Strategy for Greening Education and Research Infrastructures. Contracts shall ensure that the primary energy demand of infrastructure projects is at least 20 % lower than the nearly zero-energy building requirement.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        169
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        I: Further greening education infrastructure in Slovenia
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Surface area of new educational facilities 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        m²
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        31017
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed construction and entry into operation of new educational facilities, in compliance with the requirements under milestone 168.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        170
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        I: Further greening education infrastructure in Slovenia
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Surface area of new educational facilities 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        m²
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        31017
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        38667
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed construction and entry into operation of new educational facilities, in compliance with the requirements under milestone 168.
                     
                  
               
               M. COMPONENT 13: EFFECTIVE PUBLIC INSTITUTIONS
            
            
               This component of the Slovenian recovery and resilience plan addresses challenges related to the efficiency of public sector governance and more broadly the administrative burden. 
            
            
               The objectives of the component are to improve the efficiency of the public sector wage system, to improve the business environment through legislative and regulatory simplification and reforms of construction and spatial legislation, and to improve professionalisation, digitalisation, and competition in the public procurement system.
            
            
               No funding under the Slovenian recovery and resilience plan is foreseen for the reforms under this component.
            
            
               These reforms shall address the Country Specific Recommendations addressed to Slovenia in 2019 to “improve the business environment by reducing regulatory restrictions and administrative burden. Improve competition, professionalisation and independent oversight in public procurement.” (Country Specific Recommendation 2, 2019) and 2020 to “reduce administrative burden, front-load mature public investment projects and promote private investment to support the economic recovery” (Country Specific Recommendation 3, 2020).
            
            
            
               M.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform A: Removing administrative barriers
            
            
               The objective of the reform is to lower the administrative burden for businesses and citizens, reduce the cost of administrative procedures and simplify related legislation in Slovenia.
            
            
               The reform consists of the entry into force of the ‘Debureaucratisation Act’, a package of legislative changes aiming at regulatory simplification. An additional debureaucratisation package shall also enter into force following public consultations, including with citizens, business representatives, trade unions, municipalities and others. The second package shall focus on the simplification of the pre-independence legislation. 
            
            
               The milestones related to the implementation of the reform shall be completed by 30 June 2022.
            
         
         
            
            
               Reform B: Modern and resilient public sector
            
            
               The objectives of the reform are to increase the use of variable remuneration and   remuneration based on work performance in the public sector in order to improve its efficiency. The reform shall preserve the fiscal sustainability of the public sector wage system.
            
            
               The reform consists of the entry into force of a new law modernising the remuneration system of the public sector. The new remuneration system is expected to highlight the role of managers and improve management of human resources and to develop a competence model for the public sector employees. The new system shall establish differentiated remuneration dependent on the public sector segment, which is expected to create more flexibility, and shall ensure that remuneration is linked to work performance. The law shall allow for differentiated regulation for specific activities or professions, while also addressing shortages of specific professions in the public sector.
            
            
               The milestones related to the implementation of the reform shall be completed by 30 June 2023.
            
            
            
               Reform C: Creating systemic conditions for investment growth
            
            
               The objective of the reform is to increase public and private investment by simplifying procedures in the area of construction and spatial planning and by reforming the public procurement system.
            
            
               The reform consists in the entry into force of amendments to the Construction Act and the Spatial Planning Acts which shall improve spatial planning instruments, establish more efficient management of national and municipal spatial planning, and enable digitalisation of key spatial data used for the preparation of spatial planning documents. The amendments shall speed up the issuance of permits, while protecting the public interests and providing legal certainty for all actors involved in the construction. 
            
            
               The reform shall also consist of measures to improve the public procurement system in Slovenia. The Public Procurement Act shall be amended with the aim to increase digitalisation and competition in public procurement procedures. The reform shall also establish a Public Procurement Academy to increase the level of professionalisation through continuous quality education and training for those involved in the implementation of public procurement. It shall also ensure the comparability and dissemination of public procurement data via the Single Market Scoreboard. Technical assistance is expected to support the implementation of the reform and identify ways to improve competition and to assess the reform after it has been fully implemented. The expected achievement of the target shall signal progress in increasing transparency and competitiveness of the public procurement system in Slovenia.
            
            
               The milestones and target related to the implementation of the reform shall be completed by 31 December 2024. 
            
            
            
               Reform D: Implementation of the Recovery and Resilience Plan – control and audit systems
            
            
               The objective of the reform is to put in place and formalise the legal and institutional framework for an adequate functioning of the control and audit systems.
            
            
               The reform shall consist of the establishment of the Office for the Implementation of the Recovery and Resilience Plan, as a separate body within the Ministry of Finance, to act as the Coordinating Authority for the implementation of the Recovery and Resilience Plan. The reform shall also consist of the adoption of the National Decree and the Guidelines of the Coordinating Body describing the procedures for carrying out audits and controls in compliance with applicable Union and national legislation, and the upgrade to the IT system of the Ministry of Finance – MFERAC.
            
            
               The milestone related to the implementation of the reform shall be completed by 30 September 2021.
            
            
               M.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
                     
                        Sequential Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicators   (for milestones)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicators   (for targets)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Indicative timeline for completion 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit of measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Baseline 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quarter
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        171
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Removing administrative barriers
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Debureaucratisation Act 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the law indicating the entry into force of the Debureaucratisation Act 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Act shall reduce administrative barriers for business sector and citizens, simplify the legislation, streamline the existing procedures and remove burdensome procedures through amendments and additions to laws covering several ministerial departments. 
                     
                     
                     
                        The law is expected to improve the efficiency of state and local administration.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        172
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Removing administrative barriers
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Second Debureaucratisation Act 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the law indicating the entry into force of the Second Debureaucratisation Act
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The legislative package shall further reduce administrative barriers for business sector and citizens following a process of wide-ranging public consultations.
                     
                     
                        The law is expected to improve the efficiency of state and local administration.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        173
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Modern and resilient public sector
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of a law regulating the pay system in the public sector 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the law indicating the entry into force of a law regulating the pay system in the public sector 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The new public sector wage system shall include arrangements for variable remuneration and for linking remuneration to work outcomes.
                     
                     
                        The new public sector wage system shall be fiscally sustainable.
                     
                     
                        A competence model shall be developed for the state administration. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        174
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Creating systemic conditions for investment growth
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the amendment to the Public Procurement Act
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the law indicating the entry into force of the amendment to the Public Procurement Act
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Public Procurement Act shall include, inter alia, simplification of procedures to enable supplementation and clarification of bids when selecting tenderers, and elimination of abnormally low tenders.
                     
                     
                        It shall aim at the digital transformation of public procurement and at increasing competition in public procurement procedures and reduction of the number of single bids.
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        175
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Creating systemic conditions for investment growth
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Proportion of negotiated procedures without prior publication in all transparently published procedures
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        % (Percentage)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        26
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        14
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        In order to increase the competitiveness and transparency of public procurement, the proportion of non-transparent negotiated procedures shall be reduced to 14 % as measured by the Single Market Scoreboard indicator for “no calls for bids”. This is expected to be achieved through amendment of the Public Procurement Act, increased professionalisation and digital transformation, which allows contracting authorities to award contracts more efficiently. The use of the negotiated procedure without prior publication shall be added to the Public Procurement Act as an offence if the conditions for using such procedure are not met.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        176
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Creating systemic conditions for investment growth
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed technical assistance to support the implementation of public procurement reforms
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Output report with assessment and recommendations submitted.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision of a technical assistance report to support the implementation of public procurement reforms, with a focus on increasing competitiveness in the public procurement market in line with the EU legal framework.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        177
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Creating systemic conditions for investment growth
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed independent analysis of the impact of public procurement reforms and formulation of measures and targets to improve the system
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Output report with assessment and recommendations submitted.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision of a report with an independent analysis of the impact of public procurement reforms and formulation of measures and targets to improve the public procurement system, with particular emphasis on increasing competition in the public procurement market, digitalisation and transparency, in line with the EU legal framework.
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        178
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Creating systemic conditions for investment growth
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Alignment of Slovenia’s public procurement databases with the European Commission’s database
                     
                     
                        and transmission of the data necessary for the full publication of public procurement indicators in the Single Market Scoreboard
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        All indicators of the Single Market Scoreboard related to public procurement are published in the Scoreboard database.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Public procurement databases shall be aligned by providing adequate clarifications on data transmission and interpretation of Tenders Electronic Daily data – European Commission. All data shall be provided through Tenders Electronic Daily for the publication of all indicators in the Single Market Scoreboard (Public Procurement indicators).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        179
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Creating systemic conditions for investment growth
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Public Procurement Academy is operational
                     
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Public Procurement Academy is operational
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Public Procurement Academy shall aim to increase the level of professionalisation among stakeholders through a set of programmes and trainings for public officials in the field of public procurement.   
                     
                  
               
                     
                        180
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Creating systemic conditions for investment growth
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of amendments to the Construction Act and the Spatial Planning Act
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the law indicating the entry into force of amendments to the Construction Act and the Spatial Planning Act
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The recast of the Spatial Planning Act shall aim to improve spatial planning instruments, to establish more efficient management of national and municipal spatial planning, and enable the digitalisation of all key spatial data. The Construction Act shall include administrative relief and digitalisation in view of accelerating relevant procedures.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        181
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Implementation of the Recovery and Resilience Plan – control and audit systems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        National Decree describing the procedure for carrying out audits and controls in compliance with applicable Union and national legislation and the Guidelines of the Coordinating Body adopted by the Government; establishment of the Office for the Implementation of the recovery and resilience plan and  upgraded repository system for audit and controls: information for monitoring implementation of RRF.
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Decree on the implementation of the recovery and resilience plan; Guidelines of the Coordinating Body; Amendment of the Decree on bodies affiliated to ministries;  audit report confirming repository system functionalities   
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Decree on how  to set up the implementation of the Slovenian recovery and resilience plan shall set out, inter alia, the procedures for carrying out audits and controls to ensure compliance with applicable Union and national legislation, procedures concerning the verification of milestones and targets and the related reporting deadlines, procedures concerning the implementation of reimbursements of funds unduly spent, how to store documentation and ensure an audit trail, the accessibility of data to national and relevant European institutions (European Commission, OLAF, ECA and EPPO), procedures for the effective implementation of projects, procedures for implementing tasks in the area of Slovenian recovery and resilience plan, procedures relating to the avoidance of conflicts of interests, fraud prevention, corruption and double funding from the Facility and other Union programmes.
                     
                     
                     
                        The Coordinating Body’s guidelines shall include, inter alia, a detailed definition of the procedures for carrying out controls and audits in accordance with applicable national and EU legislation, procedures for verifying milestones and targets and related reporting deadlines, procedures for recovering unduly spent funds, procedures related to the detection of suspected fraud, conflict of interest and double funding, procedures relating to the reporting system for irregularities and suspected fraud detected and suspected fraud and additional fraud risk management measures, the definition of procedures for ensuring the fund of the part of the ministries carrying out the different tasks, and a detailed description of each unit’s responsibilities, with a clear demarcation of fraud.
                     
                     
                     
                        In accordance with the decision of the Government of the Republic of Slovenia of 28.4.2021 the Coordination Body shall be responsible for setting up the implementation system and for the implementation of the Slovenian recovery and resilience plan itself. Its tasks include, inter alia, coordination and monitoring of the Slovenian recovery and resilience plan at the national level, coordination with stakeholders and the European Commission in the implementation of the Slovenian recovery and resilience plan, guidance of the authorities involved in the implementation of the Slovenian recovery and resilience plan, monitoring, verification and validation of the achievement of the milestones and targets, the preparation and coordination of legal acts and strategic documents relating to the implementation of the Slovenian recovery and resilience plan, coordination and complementarity between Regulation (EU) 2021/241and other EU funds, implementation of controls and control measures at the level of ministries or beneficiaries involved in the implementation of the Slovenian recovery and resilience plan, reporting to the European Commission, the Government of the Republic of Slovenia on the preparation of the Decree, coordination and complementarity between the Regulation (EU) 2021/241and other relevant EU funds, implementation of controls and control measures at the level of ministries or beneficiaries involved in the implementation of the Slovenian recovery and resilience plan, reporting to the European Commission, Government of Slovenia and other relevant institutions.
                     
                     
                        A repository system for monitoring the implementation of the RRF – MFERAC (Ministry of Finance - Uniform Accounting System) shall be in place and operational. 
                     
                     
                        The system  shall include, as a minimum,  the  following functionalities:
                     
                     
                        (a) collection of data and monitoring of the achievement of milestones and targets;
                     
                     
                        (b) collect, store and ensure access to the data required by Article 22(2)(d)(i) to (iii) of the RRF Regulation.
                     
                  
               
               N. COMPONENT 14: HEALTH
            
            
               This component of the Slovenian recovery and resilience plan addresses a number of challenges of the healthcare system, ranging from weaknesses in the primary health system, in particular shortages of health personnel, limited use of digital tools in healthcare, and uneven territorial coverage of emergency medical assistance to the need for better treatment of communicable disease while ensuring its overall long-term financial sustainability.
            
         
         
            
               The overall objective of the component is to improve access, quality and long-term financial sustainability of health care system. This includes ensuring sustainable financing for universal access to quality healthcare services, including preventive ones; tackling emerging health threats such as chronic diseases and conditions and new communicable diseases; advancing the digital transformation of health services; increasing the efficiency of the management and functioning of the health system in crisis situations.
            
            
               These investments and reforms shall address the Country Specific Recommendations addressed to Slovenia in 2019 to “Adopt and implement reforms in healthcare and long-term care that ensure quality, accessibility and long-term fiscal sustainability.” (Country Specific Recommendation 1, 2019) and 2020 to “ensure the resilience of the health and long-term care system, including by providing the adequate supply of critical medical products and addressing the shortage of health workers” (Country Specific Recommendation 1, 2020).
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).  
            
            
               N.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform A: Healthcare system reform
            
            
               The objective of the reform is a high-quality, accessible, efficient and financially stable healthcare system.
            
            
               The reform consists of revision of the legislative framework in the health sector and the entry into force of a recast of the Health Care and Health Insurance Act. It shall introduce targeted systemic measures in financing of the healthcare system, network of providers, accounting models and staffing models. It shall ensure the financial sustainability of the health sector, maintain a broad basket of rights under the compulsory health insurance scheme, and improve the management and performance of the healthcare system. The reform also includes the establishment of an independent body monitoring quality and safety in the healthcare system. 
            
            
               The milestones related to the implementation of the reform shall be completed by 31 December 2024.  
            
            
               Investment B: Strengthening the competence of health personnel to ensure quality of care
            
            
               The objectives of the investment are to broaden the skills of nurses allowing them to perform tasks autonomously and to expand the professional competences of doctors at primary care level. This is expected to lighten the workload of family doctors, improve access to primary care, and ensure better treatment conditions. 
            
            
               The investment shall support the training of additional nurses specialised in care for patients with chronic diseases. It shall also consist of an adaptation of curricula for health professions; the introduction of training for acquisition of specialised skills for qualified nurses; a comprehensive approach to the treatment of geriatric patients; the establishment of a network of equipped regional palliative mobile teams; the strengthening of the mental health system; and the treatment of musculoskeletal pain conditions.
            
            
               The target related to the implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2025.
            
            
               Investment C: Digital transformation of healthcare
            
            
               The objectives of the investment are to ensure fast access to high-quality harmonised data in healthcare, primarily by integrating new digital services into healthcare; to promote the use of information technology to communicate with patients and other health system stakeholders; to introduce quality monitoring based on real-time data, to improve capacity and patient management planning and planning of hospital facilities, medical services and material requirements.
            
            
               The investment consists of, among other things, an expansion of the Patient Data Register; the introduction of a central storage of images accessible to all relevant stakeholders; implementation of the national telemedicine treatment platform; strengthening of digital competences of actors in healthcare; and an upgrading of the eMedical Appointment system.
            
            
               The milestone and targets related to the implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2025.
            
            
               Investment D: Accessibility of the health system 
            
            
               The objectives of the investment are to improve access to and quality of emergency medical assistance across all regions and to shorten the time to arrival of the intervention team.
            
            
               The investment consists of the establishment of a network of post-acute service centres; a specialised rehabilitation centre and smaller primary rehabilitation units within major health centres; and the reinforcement of the national emergency care system.
            
            
               The milestone and target related to the implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2025.
            
         
         
            
               Investment E: Effective treatment of communicable diseases
            
            
               The objective of the investment is to increase and upgrade the capacities to treat communicable diseases in Slovenia. 
            
            
               The investment consists of the implementation of two infrastructure projects, the upgrading of the infectious clinic at the UKC Ljubljana and the construction of a new infectious clinic at the UKC Maribor.
            
            
               The milestones related to the implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               N.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
                     
                        Sequential Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone/
                     
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicators   (for milestones)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicators   (for targets)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Timeline for completion
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit of measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Baseline 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quarter
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        182
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Healthcare System Reform
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Establishment of an independent body to monitor and control quality in the healthcare system 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An independent body to monitor and control quality in the healthcare system is operational
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The body shall carry out all tasks relating to the management of the quality system, safety, the development of standards and the monitoring of quality indicators, the introduction and evaluation of all the relevant technologies and the management of big data in the healthcare system to monitor quality
                     
                  
               
                     
                        183
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Healthcare System Reform
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of amendments to the Health Care and Health Insurance Act
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provisions in the law indicating the entry into force of amendments to the Health Care and Health Insurance Act
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The amendments to the law shall ensure the quality, accessibility and financial sustainability of healthcare. They shall ensure sufficient funding; diversify funding sources; adjust burdens and liability in the payment of compulsory health insurance contributions; and maintain a broad set of statutory health insurance rights. 
                     
                     
                        They shall include, inter alia, a definition of rights under compulsory health insurance, revision of the planning, monitoring and evaluation procedures of statutory health insurance rights, transformation of complementary health insurance, a definition of the roles of stakeholders in the healthcare system and the management of the Health Insurance Institute of Slovenia, a review of health quality indicators and a renewal of the health quality management strategy. 
                     
                     
                        They shall further include revised billing models based on the quality of the service provided.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        184
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Strengthening the competence of health personnel to ensure quality of care
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Additional nurses trained for treating patients with chronic diseases
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        175
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The additional number of primary-level nurses shall be trained to work independently with patients suffering from chronic diseases. 
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        185
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Digital transformation of healthcare
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contract for a national telemedicine system
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Communication of award
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The selected national telemedicine system shall enable patient communications with healthcare professionals and cooperation between health professionals. It shall provide necessary digital infrastructure for the implementation of telehealth, a single health card, and single administrative data model. It shall also ensure appropriate privacy, data protection, IT security, storage, and compatibility requirements and specification of the form of communication.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        186
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Digital transformation of healthcare
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Health institutions using the central storage of images
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        % (Percentage)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        10
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 10 % of public health institutions shall have a connection to the central system of access and storage of images (PACS) and shall be enabled to store and retrieve images from it.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        187
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Digital transformation of healthcare
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Health professionals using the national telemedicine system
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        1500
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Uses of the national telemedicine solutions include remote communication of the patient with the doctor, remote consultations with the doctor, remote consultation with other doctors, or remote monitoring of life signs.
                     
                     
                        The target captures the number of individual healthcare professionals using the system.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        188
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Accessibility of the health system
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Upgraded rehabilitation centre with increased capacity is operational
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed construction works and obtained use permit
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The upgrade of the rehabilitation centre shall increase its annual capacity by 2800 patients (from 1400 patients currently treated annually to 4200 after upgrades are completed).
                     
                     
                        Following the construction works, the rehabilitation centre shall comply with requirements for nearly zero energy buildings.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        189
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Accessibility of the health system
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Reduced average time of arrival of emergency medical assistance
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                     
                        (minutes)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        16
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        15
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        According to the health dispatching service, the average time of arrival of ambulances in Slovenia, is currently 16 minutes or more. The average time of arrival of emergency medical units shall be reduced below 15 minutes in urban and rural environments.
                     
                     
                        The target shall in particular focus on reducing average time of arrival in those areas currently facing the longest wait.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        190
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E: Effective treatment of communicable diseases
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of a contract for the construction of Ljubljana Infectious Clinic
                     
                  
                  
                     
                     
                        Communication of award
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of a contract for the construction of Ljubljana Infectious Clinic for the treatment of infectious disease. 
                     
                     
                        The clinic shall comply with requirements for nearly zero energy buildings
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        191
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E: Effective treatment of communicable diseases
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contract for equipment for Ljubljana Infectious Clinic
                     
                  
                  
                     
                     
                        Communication of award
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contract for equipment for Ljubljana Infectious Clinic. A commission shall develop the technical guidelines and the necessary equipment specification to ensure that the equipment is safe and enables patients with infectious diseases to be treated effectively in accordance with medical standards.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        192
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E: Effective treatment of communicable diseases
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Ljubljana Infectious Clinic is operational
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of construction works and operating licence obtained
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into use of Ljubljana Infectious Clinic in compliance with the specifications under milestone 190 and equipped in compliance with milestone 191.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        193
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E: Effective treatment of communicable diseases
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contract for the construction of Maribor Infectious Clinic
                     
                  
                  
                     
                     
                        Communication of award
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contract for the construction of Maribor Infectious Clinic for the treatment of infectious disease. 
                     
                     
                        The clinic shall comply with requirements for nearly zero energy buildings.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        194
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E: Effective treatment of communicable diseases
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contract for equipment for Maribor Infectious Clinic
                     
                  
                  
                     
                     
                        Communication of award
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contract for equipment for Maribor Infectious Clinic. A commission shall develop the technical guidelines and the necessary equipment specification to ensure that it is safe and enables patients with infectious diseases to be treated effectively in accordance with medical standards.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        195
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E: Effective treatment of communicable diseases
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Maribor Infectious Clinic is operational
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of construction works and operating licence obtained
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into use of Maribor Infectious Clinic in compliance with the specifications under milestone 193 and equipped in compliance with milestone 194.
                     
                  
               
               O. COMPONENT 15: LONG-TERM CARE
            
            
               This component of the Slovenian recovery and resilience plan addresses key challenges related to demographic trends and the mounting need for greater access to high quality long-term care services.
            
            
               The objectives of the component are to introduce a new pillar of social security through the establishment of an integrated legal framework for high-quality, socially-fair and financially-sustainable long-term care; to increase accessibility and availability of services for beneficiaries of all ages; to strengthen development of community-based services and integration with healthcare services; to increase staffing capacity and to support the digitalisation of the system.  
            
            
               These investments and reforms shall address to the Country Specific Recommendations addressed to Slovenia in 2019 to “Adopt and implement reforms in healthcare and long-term care that ensure quality, accessibility and long-term fiscal sustainability.” (Country Specific Recommendation 1, 2019) and 2020 to “ensure the resilience of the health and long-term care system, including by providing the adequate supply of critical medical products and addressing the shortage of health workers” (Country Specific Recommendation 1, 2020).
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).  
            
            
               O.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform A: Establishing a single system for long-term care
            
            
               The objectives of the reform are to implement a new social security pillar focused on the specific needs of those requiring long-term care and ensuring equal access regardless of socio-economic status. A special law shall ensure more diversified financing sources, notably with the introduction of compulsory long-term care insurance.
            
            
               The reform consists of entry into force of a new law establishing an integrated long-term care system in Slovenia, including amendments to by-laws in the field of social security; the entry into force of a special law on compulsory long-term care insurance; and the establishment of a national model for the monitoring of the quality of treatment by long-term care providers.
            
            
               The milestones related to the implementation of the reform shall be completed by 31 December 2025.
            
            
               Investment B: Ensuring integrated treatment of persons in need of higher levels of long-term care and more complex nursing services
            
            
               The objectives of the investment are the establishment of a new organisational structure, which shall allow for integrated treatment of adults who need higher intensities of long-term care and more complex care services; the setting-up of a network of rehabilitation centres for persons entitled to long-term care, and outpatient and mobile teams to provide long-term care services also at the home of the beneficiaries.
            
            
               The investment consists of the entry into operation of at least 200 additional beds with associated facilities and equipment; the establishment of spatial conditions and equipment for the operation of a rehabilitation centre to provide services within the institution and at the home of beneficiaries of long-term care; and the establishment of spatial conditions and equipment for the operation of a simulation centre to train staff in the field of long-term care and informal care providers in order to ensure high-quality and safe long-term care.
            
            
               The investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
         
         
            
               O.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
                     
                        Sequential Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicators   (for milestones)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicators   (for targets)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Indicative timeline for completion 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit of measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Baseline 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quarter
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        196
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Establishing a single system for long-term care 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        National monitoring model for quality indicators for long-term care providers
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A national monitoring model is adopted by the Ministry of Health
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adoption of a national monitoring model for quality indicators for long-term care providers in institutions. It shall monitor quality of long-term care services at a national level. At least the following indicators shall be monitored: number of injuries, number of fall injuries, number of deviations when administering medicines, number of users with infection with multiple resistant micro-organisms.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        197
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Establishing a single system for long-term care 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Long-term Care Act 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the law indicating entry into force of the Long-term Care Act 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Long-Term Care Act shall establish long-term care as a new pillar of social security through the integration of social and health services. The Act shall set conditions for the provision of quality and safe long-term care services, including standards and norms for employees in the field of long-term care. It shall ensure that beneficiaries with comparable needs shall have access to equal rights, regardless of their social – economic or other personal characteristics, and the place where they want to benefit from the right to long-term care services. 
                     
                     
                     
                        The Act shall ensure the financing of the long-term care system through diversified sources, including the state budget, and shall include a commitment to introduce compulsory long-term care insurance by 1 January 2026. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        198
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Establishing a single system for long-term care 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of implementing acts to the Long-Term Care Act
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the law indicating entry into force of implementing acts to the Long-Term Care Act
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The implementing acts shall set out the rules governing the implementation of the law, in particular the minimum technical conditions and the standard of residence in the institutions, staffing conditions, norms and standards relating to the number and education of the staff, the number of direct long-term care providers according to the manner in which long-term care is provided and indicators for monitoring the quality of services in the field of long-term care. The rules shall also provide for an appropriate number of patients to be cared for by medical staff, including nurses.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        199
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Establishing a single system for long-term care 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Law on compulsory long-term care insurance
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Law on compulsory long-term care insurance
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Law shall ensure a transition from predominantly budgetary funding to financing predominantly through compulsory long-term care insurance. It shall ensure that at least 30 % of the costs of long-term care services will be financed by such insurance as of 1 January 2026.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        200
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Establishing a single system for long-term care 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        All rights and services under the integrated long-term care system are fully applicable
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed phase-in of all rights and services under the Long-Term Care Act
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        All persons with long-term care needs shall be eligible to benefit from all rights and services under the Long-Term Care Act, and in particular access to comprehensive treatment at home, the right to a carer for a family member, and the right to cash benefits. At least 69 000 persons are expected to be eligible.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        201
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Ensuring integrated treatment of persons in need of higher levels of long-term care and more complex nursing services
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of a contract for additional capacity of facilities for long-term care
                     
                  
                  
                     
                     
                        Communication of award
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The selected facilities for long-term care provision shall provide services to beneficiaries with higher long-term care and nursing needs. They shall include capacity to provide rehabilitation and other appropriate equipment and shall ensure the adaptation of spatial conditions to the needs of persons with disabilities. 
                     
                     
                        New buildings shall comply with requirements for nearly zero energy buildings
                     
                  
               
                     
                        202
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Ensuring integrated treatment of persons in need of higher levels of long-term care and more complex nursing services
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Additional capacity of facilities for long-term care operational
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        200
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed construction works and operating licence for 200 beds in facilities for long-term care, in compliance with the requirements under milestone 201. In case of greater needs, it shall be possible to accommodate up to 300 beds in the facilities.
                     
                  
               
               O.3. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for the loan 
            
            
               Investment C: Ensuring a safe living environment for dependent persons
            
            
               The objective of the investment is to provide appropriate housing to address the expected increase in demand for institutional care due to the ageing of the society. 
            
            
               The investment consists of the construction of new housing infrastructure of at least 850 places in the form of smaller, stand-alone housing units for long-term care users in need of basic, social and medical care. It shall focus on the provision of adequate spatial conditions for the provision of community services and programmes to enable independent living and prevent social exclusion of users, to ensure the effective management of risks related to communicable diseases, and to provide quality and safe treatment of persons with a high degree of dependence on assistance from others.
            
            
               The investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
                
            
            
            
            
               O.4. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for the loan 
            
            
            
                     
                        Sequential Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicators   (for milestones)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicators   (for targets)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Indicative timeline for completion 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit of measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Baseline 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quarter
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        203
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Ensuring a safe living environment for dependent persons
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contract for construction of new institutional care facilities
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Communication of award
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Selected projects shall ensure that new institutional care facilities shall be in the form of smaller, stand-alone housing units aimed at long -term care users in need of basic, social and medical care adapted to their needs, ensuring the quality and safe treatment of persons with a high degree of dependence. 
                     
                     
                        New buildings shall comply with requirements for nearly zero energy buildings
                     
                  
               
                     
                        204
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Ensuring a safe living environment for dependent persons
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Additional available places in institutional care facilities 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        850
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed construction works and operating licence released for 850 additional places in institutional care facilities in compliance with the requirements under milestone 203.
                     
                  
               
            
               P. COMPONENT 16: AFFORDABLE HOUSING
            
            
               This component of the Slovenian recovery and resilience plan addresses the shortage of public rental housing in Slovenia. Access to adequate housing is particularly difficult for young people and young families, the socially disadvantaged and other marginalized groups. 
            
            
               This objectives of this component are to establish the conditions for increasing the stock of public rental housing with a reform of the housing policy and related investments in new rental apartments and acquisition and renovation of existing empty apartments. This shall reduce housing costs for the target groups, including of socially deprived individuals and families.
            
            
               These investments and reforms shall address the Country Specific Recommendations addressed to Slovenia in 2020 to “provide adequate income replacement and social protection.” (Country Specific Recommendation 2, 2020).
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).  
            
            
               P.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
         
         
            
               This component of the Slovenian recovery and resilience plan does not include reforms and investments under non-repayable financial support.
            
            
            
               P.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               This component of the Slovenian recovery and resilience plan does not include reforms and investments under non-repayable financial support.
            
            
               P.3. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for the loan 
            
            
               Reform A: Strengthening the stock of public rental housing
            
            
               The objective of the reform is to increase the number of public rental housing in Slovenia primarily for socially disadvantaged and marginalised groups. 
            
            
               The reform consists in the entry into force of amendments to the Housing Act which shall harmonise the level of non-profit rent by public housing funds and allow additional borrowing by such funds. These amendments are expected to ensure the long-term financial stability of public housing funds in Slovenia. 
            
            
               The amendments shall also establish a public rental service with the objective of acquiring and renovating existing privately owned empty apartments for the purpose of affordable housing. 
            
            
               Overall, the reform is expected to facilitate the construction of at least 5 000 additional dwellings and the activation of an indicative 2 000 currently empty private dwellings to be acquired and renovated by public housing funds.
            
            
               The milestone and target related to the implementation of the reform shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               Investment B: Provision of public rental housing
            
            
               The objective of the investment is to reduce the deficit of public rental housing in Slovenia. 
            
            
               The investment consists in the construction of 480 new housing units. The projects of municipal housing funds and other affordable housing organisations shall be selected through a competitive call for tenders.
            
            
               The milestone and targets related to the implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2025.
            
            
            
            
               P.4. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for the loan 
            
            
                     
                        Sequential Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicators   (for milestones)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicators   (for targets)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Indicative timeline for completion 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit of measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Baseline 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quarter
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        205
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Strengthening the stock of public rental housing 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of amendments to the Housing Act
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the law indicating entry into force of amendments to the Housing Act
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The amendments to the Housing Act are expected to promote an effective and balanced approach to housing provision. They shall include an update of the level of non-for-profit rent while minimising the impact on tenants at social risk; the possibility for further borrowing by public housing funds, and the possibility for activating existing but unoccupied housing stock for use as public rental housing. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        206
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Strengthening the stock of public rental housing 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Additional  public rental housing
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                     
                        (dwellings)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        4500
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 4500 new public rental housing dwellings in compliance with the requirements under the Housing Act shall be constructed or purchased, excluding those foreseen in targets 208 and 209.
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        207
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision of public rental housing
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contracts for the provision of public rental housing
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Communication of awards
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The selected projects shall ensure the construction of new dwellings with an average surface area expected to be between 47 and 58 m². All dwellings shall be used solely for the purpose public rental housing.
                     
                     
                        New buildings shall comply with requirements for nearly zero-energy buildings.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        208
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision of public rental housing
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Additional public housing rental dwellings 
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        200
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Construction works completed and use permits issued for additional public housing rental dwellings, in compliance with requirements under milestone 207.
                     
                     
                        The area of dwellings shall be in accordance with the conditions under the Rules on the allocation of non-profit housing (Official Gazette of the Republic of Slovenia Nos 14/04, 34/04, 62/06, 11/09, 81/11 and 47/14) and the average surface area is expected to be between 47 and 58 m².
                     
                  
               
                     
                        209
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision of public rental housing
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Additional public housing rental dwellings 
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        200
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        480
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Construction works completed and use permits issued for additional public housing rental dwellings, in compliance with requirements under milestone 207.
                     
                     
                        The area of dwellings shall be in accordance with the conditions under the Rules on the allocation of non-profit housing (Official Gazette of the Republic of Slovenia Nos 14/04, 34/04, 62/06, 11/09, 81/11 and 47/14) and the average surface area is expected to be between 47 and 58 m².
                     
                     
                        The total amount of funding shall be at least EUR 60,000,000.
                     
                  
               
               2. Estimated total cost of the recovery and resilience plan
            
         
         
            
               The estimated total cost of the recovery and resilience plan of Slovenia is EUR 2 482 687 549.
            
            
            
               SECTION 2: FINANCIAL SUPPORT 
            
            
               1.Financial contribution 
            
            
               The instalments referred to in Article 2(2) shall be organised in the following manner:
            
            
            
               1.1.First Instalment (non-repayable support):
            
            
                     
                        Sequential Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        83
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Cross border and multi-country projects - European Common Data Infrastructure and Services
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Launch of the call for expression of interest in a new project on next generation cloud.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        85
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E: Cross border and multi-country projects - Low-Power Processors and Semiconductor Chips
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Finalisation of the list of potential participants to the common project.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        171
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Removing administrative barriers
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Debureaucratisation Act 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        77
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Digital transformation of the economy (business and industry)
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adoption of a strategy for the digital transformation of enterprises
                     
                  
               
                     
                        90
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Strengthening the governance of the digital transformation of public administration
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        State Administration Informatics Development Council established and operational
                     
                  
               
                     
                        124
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Strengthening capital markets
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Act on forms of alternative investment funds
                     
                  
               
                     
                        126
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: A more productive economy for the digital and green transition 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of amendments to the Investment Promotion Act with the aim of promoting the green transition
                     
                  
               
                     
                        149
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Strengthening the sustainable development of tourism
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of a Decree on Development Incentives for Tourism 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        174
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Creating systemic conditions for investment growth
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the amendment to the Public Procurement Act
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                     
                        178
                     
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Creating systemic conditions for investment growth
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Alignment of Slovenia’s public procurement databases with the European Commission’s database
                     
                     
                        and transmission of the data necessary for the full publication of public procurement indicators in the Single Market Scoreboard
                     
                  
               
                     
                        181
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Implementation of the Recovery and Resilience Plan – control and audit systems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        National Decree describing the procedure for carrying out audits and controls in compliance with applicable Union and national legislation and the Guidelines of the Coordinating Body adopted by the Government; establishment of the Office for the Implementation of the recovery and resilience plan and  upgraded repository system for audit and controls: information for monitoring implementation of RRF.
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        196
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Establishing a single system for long-term care 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        National monitoring model for quality indicators for long-term care providers
                     
                  
               
                     
                        205
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Strengthening the stock of public rental housing 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of amendments to the Housing Act
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Instalment Amount
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        EUR 57.064.305
                     
                  
               
            
               1.2.Second Instalment (non-repayable support): 
            
            
                     
                        Sequential Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        1
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Reform of the promotion of renewable energy sources in Slovenia
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Act on the Promotion of the Use of Energy from Renewable Energy Sources 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        8
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Energy efficiency in the economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Governance model to support renewable energy resources producers in market access and exchange of energy with industrial consumers
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        9
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Energy efficiency in the economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of enterprises with acquired e-cards on energy and material efficiency 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        11
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         G: Investments to increase energy efficiency in the economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contract for the participation of business consortia in  pilot projects in  the regulatory sandbox
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        54
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Reform of the organisation of public passenger transport
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Act establishing an integrated public passenger transport operator
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        63
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Reform of the deployment of alternative fuels infrastructure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of an Act on Alternative Fuels in Transport
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        71
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Establishing a framework for sustainable and green transformation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        One-stop shop for the circular economy is operational
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        78
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Digital transformation of the economy (business and industry)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Guidelines for innovative public procurement 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        79
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Digital transformation of the economy (business and industry)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Enterprises with e-identity assigned
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        80
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Industrial/business digital transformation programme 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contracts for projects for the digital transformation of enterprises
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        81
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Industrial/business digital transformation agenda 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Consortia of companies with produced digital strategy
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        87
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        F: Cross border and multi-country projects - European Blockchain Services Infrastructure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        European Blockchain Services Infrastructure Nodes opened at national level 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        89
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Establishment of cloud infrastructure at the Ministry of Economic Development and Technology
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Cloud infrastructure is operational
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        91
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Creating an environment for the use of e-services by public administration 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Secure national e-identity documents
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        94
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        F: Transition to Gigabit Society
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adoption of a Broadband Plan 2021-2025 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        110
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Operation and management of the RDI system
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Act on Research, Development and Innovation Activities 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        111
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Operation and management of the RDI system
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Joint Programme Committee established and operational
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        125
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Strengthening capital markets
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adoption of a capital market development strategy
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        127
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: A more productive economy for the digital and green transition 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of Implementing Regulation of the Investment Promotion Act
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        128
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Support for decarbonisation, productivity, and competitiveness of companies
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contract for projects to support regional development 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        133
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Providing innovative ecosystems of economic and business infrastructure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contracts for innovative business infrastructure ecosystems and their management
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        160
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        F: Pilot projects for higher education reform for a green and resilient transition 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed selection of pilot projects for the renewal of the higher education process 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        172
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Removing administrative barriers
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Second Debureaucratisation Act 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        176
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Creating systemic conditions for investment growth
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed technical assistance to support the implementation of public procurement reforms.
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        180
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Creating systemic conditions for investment growth
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of amendments to the Construction Act and the Spatial Planning Act
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        197
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Establishing a single system for long-term care 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Long-term Care Act 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        198
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Establishing a single system for long-term care 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of implementing acts to the Long-Term Care Act
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Instalment Amount
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        EUR 230.982.540
                     
                  
               
            
               1.3.Third Instalment (non-repayable support):
            
            
                     
                        Sequential Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        2
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Reform of the promotion of renewable energy sources in Slovenia
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A single point to support investors in obtaining approvals for the installation and connection of generating installations to renewable energy sources is operational
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        4
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Energy efficient restructuring of district heating systems with the use of renewable sources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Opening of a call for tender for renewable energy sources in district heating systems
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        6
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        F: Strengthening the electricity distribution network (transformer stations)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Opening of a call for tender for electricity transformer stations
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        12
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        G: Investments to increase energy efficiency in the economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Successfully completed pilot projects 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        21
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Sustainable renovation of buildings
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Opening of a call for tender for the implementation of individual upgrades of technical building systems
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        22
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B:  Sustainable renovation of buildings
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Opening of a call for tender  for energy and sustainable renovation of publicly owned buildings of high administrative and social importance
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        23
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Sustainable renovation of buildings
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Opening of a call for tender  for energy and sustainable renovation of publicly owned residential  buildings. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        32
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        F: Reducing flood risks and reducing the risk to other climate-related disasters 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contracts for flood safety investments
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        36
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Restoring and mitigating the effects of climate change and climate-related disasters on resilient forest biodiversity
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of amendments to rules on conditions for entry in the register of suppliers and other obligations of suppliers and on the requirements concerning the marketing of forest reproductive material
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        38
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        H: Urban waste water discharge and treatment projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contracts for urban waste water discharge and treatment projects
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        42
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        I: Drinking water supply and savings projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contracts for drinking water supply projects
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        55
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Reform of the organisation of public passenger transport
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A public passenger transport management company is operational
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        57
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Increasing railway infrastructure capacity
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contracts for upgrading railway sections  
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        58
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Increasing railway infrastructure capacity
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contracts to upgrade the Grosuplje and Domžale railway stations 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        69
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Establishing a framework for sustainable and green transformation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of amendments on extended producer responsibility and recovery of waste 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        88
                     
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        F: Cross border and multi-country projects - European Blockchain Services Infrastructure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Services operated through European Blockchain Services Infrastructure
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        93
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Modernising administrative processes for successful digital transformation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Removal of legal and administrative obstacles to the provision of e-services
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        100
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        I. Digitalisation of internal security
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Users of the new Police Digital Radio Network (TETRA) 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        135
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Structural measures to strengthen the resilience of the labour market
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Act establishing a “crisis” short-time work scheme 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        141
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Supporting more flexible ways of organising work
                     
                  
                  
                     
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Operational online platform with tools for employers and workers to promote flexible ways of work
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        144
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Faster entry of young people into the labour market
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of additional young people in subsidised employment on the basis of an open-ended contract
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        150
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Sustainable development of Slovenia’s tourist accommodation offer to raise the added value of tourism 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contracts for increasing the energy efficiency of tourist accommodation 
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        154
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Sustainable restoration and revitalisation of cultural heritage and public cultural infrastructure 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contracts for renovation of cultural heritage  sites
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        193
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E: Effective treatment of communicable diseases
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contract for the construction of Maribor Infectious Clinic
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Instalment Amount
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        EUR 230.982.540
                     
                  
               
            
               1.4.Fourth Instalment (non-repayable support): 
            
            
                     
                        Sequential Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        19
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Reform of planning and financing of energy renovation of buildings in the public sector
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of a ban on the use of fossil fuels for heating in new buildings
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        56
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Reform of the organisation of public passenger transport
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Increase in public transport service
                     
                  
               
                     
                        82
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Industrial/business digital transformation agenda 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Consortia supported with completed comprehensive digital transformation
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        86
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E: Cross border and multi-country projects - Low-Power Processors and Semiconductor Chips
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of projects started
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        129
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Support for decarbonisation, productivity, and competitiveness of companies
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contract for projects to promote investment
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        137
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Structural measures to strengthen the resilience of the labour market
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Draft amendments to pension legislation for consultation 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        164
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        H: Greening education infrastructure in Slovenia
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed selection of investment projects in greening education infrastructure
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        173
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Modern and resilient public sector
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of a law regulating the pay system in the public sector 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        179
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Creating systemic conditions for investment growth
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Public Procurement Academy is operational
                     
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        185
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Digital transformation of healthcare
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contract for a national telemedicine system
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                     
                        201
                     
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Ensuring integrated treatment of persons in need of higher levels of long-term care and more complex nursing services
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of a contract for additional capacity of facilities for long-term care
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Instalment Amount
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        EUR 228.567.619
                     
                  
               
            
               1.5.Fifth Instalment (non-repayable support):
            
            
                     
                        Sequential Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        20
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Reform of planning and financing of energy renovation of buildings in the public sector
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Establishment of a revolving fund for the energy renovation of buildings in the public sector
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        29
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Strengthening preparedness and response in the event of climate-driven disasters
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of a resolution on the national programme of protection against natural and other disasters 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        92
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Establihment of a competence centre and increasing skills of staff in the public administration
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A competence centre established and operational 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        106
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        J: Digitising education, science and sport
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Additional education institutions with optical connections above 1 Gbps
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        107
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        J: Digitising education, science and sport
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Additional 100 Gbps backbone optical connections
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        138
                     
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Structural measures to strengthen the resilience of the labour market
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Legislative proposal for comprehensive amendments to the Pension and Disability Insurance Act transmitted to the National Assembly 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        182
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Healthcare System Reform
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Establishment of an independent body to monitor and control quality in the healthcare system 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        186
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Digital transformation of healthcare
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Health institutions using the central storage of images
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        190
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E: Effective treatment of communicable diseases
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of a contract for the construction of Ljubljana Infectious Clinic
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Instalment Amount
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        EUR 228.567.619
                     
                  
               
         
            
            
               1.6.Sixth Instalment (non-repayable support): 
            
            
                     
                        Sequential Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        59
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Increasing railway infrastructure capacity
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                     
                        Upgraded railway stations 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        72
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Integrated strategic project to decarbonise Slovenia through the transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contracts for support to companies in the transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        84
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Cross border and multi-country projects - European Common Data Infrastructure and Services
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Data processing solutions  developed and integrated at pilot phase
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        136
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Structural measures to strengthen the resilience of the labour market
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of amendments to the Labour Market Regulation Act in 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                     
                        143
                     
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Introducing more flexible working methods adapted to the needs of persons with disabilities in sheltered enterprises and employment centres
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed projects for sheltered enterprises and employment centres 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        148
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Strengthening the sustainable development of tourism
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Upgraded data monitoring in the Slovenian Green Tourism Scheme are operational 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        157
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E: The comprehensive transformation of green and digital education
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Professionals and managers having completed training in digital and sustainable development competences
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        165
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        H: Greening education infrastructure in Slovenia
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Surface area of new educational facilities 
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Instalment Amount
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        EUR 142.660.763
                     
                  
               
            
               1.7.Seventh Instalment (non-repayable support):
            
            
                     
                        Sequential Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        3
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Reform of electricity supply to promote renewable energy sources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Shortening and simplifying connection of self-supply facilities up to 20 kW
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        10
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Energy efficiency in the economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Increased implementation of recommendations from energy audits 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        24
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Sustainable renovation of buildings
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed energy and sustainable renovations of buildings of high administrative and social importance 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        37
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        G: Centre for seeds, nurseries and forest protection centre
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Centre for seeds, nurseries and forest protection is operational
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        39
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        H: Urban waste water discharge and treatment projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of completed urban waste water discharge and treatment projects 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        43
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        I: Drinking water supply and savings projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of completed drinking water supply projects 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        74
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Increasing wood processing to accelerate the transition to a climate-neutral society
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contracts for supporting environmentally-friendly wood processing
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        103
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        L: The digital transition in agriculture, food and forestry
                     
                  
                  
                     
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        New operational e-services in agriculture, food, and forestry
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        112
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Co-financing of research innovation projects in support of green transition and digitalisation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Decision on selection for programmes to develop low carbon society, economy, resilience and adaptation to climate change
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        113
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Co-financing of research innovation projects in support of green transition and digitalisation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Decision on selection for programmes in the field of digitalisation and digital transformation
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        114
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Co-financing of research innovation projects in support of green transition and digitalisation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Decision on selection for circular economy research and innovation projects
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        120
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Co-financing of investment in RDI demonstration and pilot projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed selection for projects in RDI pilot schemes in the field of circular economy 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        139
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Structural measures to strengthen the resilience of the labour market
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of  amendments to the Pension and Disability Insurance Act, aimed at ensuring  fiscal sustainability of the system and adequate pensions 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        140
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Structural measures to strengthen the resilience of the labour market
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Update of the implementation documents for the Guidelines for the implementation of active labour market policy 2021-2025 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        145
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Faster entry of young people into the labour market
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of additional young people in subsidised employment on the basis of an open-ended contract
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        146
                     
                  
                  
                     
                     
                        E: Training and education of employees
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of employees having successfully completed training/education programmes
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        175
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Creating systemic conditions for investment growth
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Proportion of negotiated procedures without prior publication in all transparently published procedures
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        177
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Creating systemic conditions for investment growth
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed independent analysis of the impact of public procurement reforms and formulation of measures and targets to improve the system.
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        183
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Healthcare System Reform
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of amendments to the Health Care and Health Insurance Act
                     
                  
               
                     
                        188
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Accessibility of the health system
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Upgraded rehabilitation centre with increased capacity is operational
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        194
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E: Effective treatment of communicable diseases
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contract for equipment for Maribor Infectious Clinic
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Instalment Amount
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        EUR 171.813.710
                     
                  
               
            
               1.8.Eighth Instalment (non-repayable support): 
            
            
                     
                        Sequential Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        60
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Increasing railway infrastructure capacity
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Length of upgraded railway lines 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        75 
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Increasing wood processing to accelerate the transition to a climate-neutral society
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed projects for supporting environmentally- friendly wood processing 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        189
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Accessibility of the health system
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Reduced average time of arrival of emergency medical assistance
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        191
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E: Effective treatment of communicable diseases
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contract for equipment for Ljubljana Infectious Clinic
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Instalment Amount
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        EUR 71.330.382
                     
                  
               
            
               1.9.Ninth Instalment (non-repayable support): 
            
            
                     
                        Sequential Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        5
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Energy efficient restructuring of district heating systems with the use of renewable sources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Additional capacity of renewable energy sources in district heating systems 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        26
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Sustainable renovation of buildings
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed energy and sustainable renovation of buildings through individual upgrades of technical building systems 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        27
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Sustainable renovation of buildings
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed energy and sustainable renovation of publicly owned residential buildings implemented
                     
                  
               
                     
                        30
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E: Social and economic resilience to climate-related disasters in the Republic of Slovenia
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Newly established training and response facilities for climate-related operational disasters
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        31
                     
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E: Social and economic resilience to climate-related disasters in the Republic of Slovenia 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Participants with completed trainings in responding to floods and large-scale wild fires
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        33
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        F: Reducing flood risks and reducing the risk to other climate-related disasters 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Rehabilitated sites threatened by landslides due to seismic risk
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        35
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        F: Reducing flood risks and reducing the risk to other climate-related disasters 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of completed projects to reduce floods and landslides supporting, as far as possible, ‘nature based solution’ and green measures
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        40
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        H: Urban waste water discharge and treatment projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of completed urban waste water discharge and treatment projects 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        44
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        I: Drinking water supply and savings projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of completed drinking water supply projects 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        62
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Digitalisation of rail and road infrastructure 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Roads covered by a traffic control and management system 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        64
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Reform of the deployment of alternative fuels infrastructure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Operational recharging or refuelling points for alternative powered vehicles
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        65
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E: Promoting the deployment of alternative fuels infrastructure in transport
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Operational recharging points accessible to the public for electric vehicles 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        66
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E: Promoting the deployment of alternative fuels infrastructure in transport
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Operational recharging points for electric vehicles owned by public administrations
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        73
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Integrated strategic project to decarbonise Slovenia through the transition to a circular economy 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed projects to support companies in the transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        97
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        G: Modernising the digital environment of public administration
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into operation of the e-Legislation platform 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        101
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        I. Digitalisation of internal security
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Private police cloud is operational
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        102
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        K: Green Slovenian location framework
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Interconnected spatial and environmental digital data infrastructure
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        108
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        J: Digitising education, science and sport
                     
                  
                  
                     
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        New IT solutions used in teaching, learning, sport and tracking of vocational education graduates
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        109
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M: Digitalisation in culture
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Cultural institutions with operational dynamic e-services
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        117
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Co-financing of research innovation projects in support of green transition and digitalisation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed circular economy research and innovation projects
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        121
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Co-financing of investment in RDI demonstration and pilot projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed RDI pilot projects in the field of circular economy
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        123
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E: Establishing the National Food Institute as a central pillar of the innovation ecosystem in food supply chains
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into operation of the National Food Institute
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        131
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Support for decarbonisation, productivity, and competitiveness of companies
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed projects to support regional development 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        153
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Sustainable development of public and shared tourism infrastructure and natural attractions in tourist destinations 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed projects in public and shared tourism infrastructure 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        156
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Renovating the education system for the green and digital transitions
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Modernised curricula for early childhood education and care, primary, and secondary schools
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        161
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        F: Pilot projects for higher education reform for a green and resilient transition 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed pilot projects for the renewal of the higher education process
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        184
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Strengthening the competence of health personnel to ensure quality of care
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Additional nurses trained for patients with chronic diseases
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        187
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Digital transformation of healthcare
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Health professionals using the national telemedicine system
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        199
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Establishing a single system for long-term care 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Law on compulsory long-term care insurance
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        200
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Establishing a single system for long-term care 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        All rights and services under the integrated long-term care system are fully applicable
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Instalment Amount
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        EUR 243.144.092
                     
                  
               
            
               1.10.Tenth Instalment (non-repayable support):
            
            
                     
                        Sequential Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        7
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        F: Strengthening the electricity distribution network (transformer stations)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of new electricity transformer stations in operation 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        25
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Sustainable renovation of buildings
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed energy and sustainable renovations of buildings of high administrative and social importance
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        28
                     
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Sustainable renovation of buildings
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed energy and sustainable renovation of public buildings financed under the revolving fund for the energy renovation of public buildings 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        34
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        F: Reducing flood risks and reducing the risk to other climate-related disasters 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Population benefiting from flood protection projects
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        41
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        H: Urban waste water discharge and treatment projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of completed urban waste water discharge and treatment projects 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        45
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        I: Drinking water supply and savings projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of completed drinking water supply projects 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        61
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Digitalisation of rail and road infrastructure 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Operational locomotives additionally equipped with ETCS level 2
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        76
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Increasing wood processing to accelerate the transition to a climate-neutral society
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed projects for supporting environmentally- friendly wood processing 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        95
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E: Ensuring cybersecurity
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Increased capacity of public administration to respond to cybersecurity incidents
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        96
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        G: Modernising the digital environment of public administration
                     
                  
                  
                     
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Establishment of a national SI-EuroQCI network 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        98
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        G: Modernising the digital environment of public administration
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of civil servants having completed digital skills training
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        99
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        H: Gigabit infrastructure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Additional households with broadband access 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        104
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        L: The digital transition in agriculture, food and forestry
                     
                  
                  
                     
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        New operational e-services in agriculture, food, and forestry
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        105
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N: Digitising justice
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        New or upgraded IT systems in use by judicial institutions
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        115
                     
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Co-financing of research innovation projects in support of green transition and digitalisation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed projects to develop a low carbon society, economy, resilience and adaptation to climate change
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        116
                     
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Co-financing of research innovation projects in support of green transition and digitalisation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed projects in the field of digitalisation and digital transformation
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        118
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Co-financing of research innovation projects in support of green transition and digitalisation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed circular economy research and innovation projects
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                     
                        119
                     
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Co-financing of projects to enhance the international mobility of Slovenian researchers and research organisations and to promote the international involvement of Slovenian applicants 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed projects for mobility and/or reintegration of Slovenian researchers 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        122
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Co-financing of investment in RDI demonstration and pilot projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed RDI pilot projects in the field of circular economy
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        130
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Support for decarbonisation, productivity, and competitiveness of companies
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed projects to promote investment 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        132
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Support for decarbonisation, productivity, and competitiveness of companies
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Additional completed projects to support regional development 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        134
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Providing innovative ecosystems of economic and business infrastructure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed projects for innovative business infrastructure ecosystems and their management
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        142
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Supporting more flexible ways of organising work
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed projects establishing or upgrading home working conditions
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        147
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E: Training and education of employees
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of employees having successfully completed training/education programmes
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        151
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Sustainable development of Slovenia’s tourist accommodation offer to raise the added value of tourism 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed energy renovation projects for increasing the energy efficiency of tourist accommodation 
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        152
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Sustainable development of Slovenia’s tourist accommodation offer to raise the added value of tourism 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed construction or full reconstruction projects for increasing the energy efficiency of tourist accommodation 
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        155
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Sustainable restoration and revitalisation of cultural heritage and public cultural infrastructure m  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Cultural heritage sites renovated
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        158
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E: The comprehensive transformation  of green and digital education
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Professionals and managers having completed training in digital and sustainable development competences
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        159
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Reform of higher education for a green and resilient transition 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Modernised higher education curricula
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        162
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Modernisation of secondary vocational and vocational education training
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Modernised vocational  education training programmes 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        163
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        G: Strengthening cooperation between the education system and the labour market
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Mentors in companies having successfully completed training
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        166
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        H: Greening education infrastructure in Slovenia
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Surface area of new educational facilities 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        192
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E: Effective treatment of communicable diseases
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Ljubljana Infectious Clinic is operational
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        195
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E: Effective treatment of communicable diseases
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Maribor Infectious Clinic is operational
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Instalment Amount
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        EUR 171.813.711
                     
                  
               
            
               2.Loan 
            
            
               The instalments referred to in Article 3(2) shall be organised in the following manner:
            
            
            
               2.1.First Instalment (loan support): 
            
         
         
            
                     
                        Sequential Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        13
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Reform of electricity supply to promote renewable energy sources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Electricity Supply Act 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        207
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision of public rental housing
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contracts for the provision of public rental housing
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        17
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        F: Further strengthening the electricity distribution network
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Opening of a call for tender for a new low-voltage distribution network
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        46
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Strengthening prevention to increase flood safety
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of a new Flood Risk Management Plan 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        49
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Increasing the efficiency of the operation of public environmental protection services
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Utilities and Environmental Protection Act
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        50
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        H: Further projects for the discharge, treatment and re-use of urban waste water  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contracts for urban waste water discharge and treatment projects
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        52
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        I: Further drinking water supply and savings projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contracts for projects for the supply of drinking water
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        167
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        D: Strategy for greening education and research infrastructure in Slovenia
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adoption of the Strategy for Greening Education and Research Infrastructures
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Instalment Amount
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        EUR 310.362.800
                     
                  
               
            
               2.2.Second Instalment (loan support): 
            
            
                     
                        Sequential Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        168
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        I: Further greening education infrastructure in Slovenia
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed selection of investment projects in greening education infrastructure
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        203
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Ensuring a safe living environment for dependent persons
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contract for construction of new institutional care facilities
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Instalment Amount
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        EUR 49.375.900
                     
                  
               
            
               2.3.Third Instalment (loan support):
            
            
                     
                        Sequential Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        15
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E: Production of electricity from renewable energy sources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contracts for new renewable energy sources generating installations
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        67
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Further increasing railway infrastructure capacity
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of contract for upgrading the Ljubljana railway station – Phase 1 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        70
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A: Establishing a framework for sustainable and green transformation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Developing and applying of a green budgetary planning methodology
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Instalment Amount
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        EUR 49.375.900
                     
                  
               
            
               2.4.Fourth Instalment (loan support):
            
            
                     
                        Sequential Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        208
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision of public rental housing
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Additional public housing rental dwellings 
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Instalment Amount
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        EUR 98.751.800
                     
                  
               
            
               2.5.Fifth Instalment (loan support): 
            
            
                     
                        Sequential Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        169
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        I: Further greening education infrastructure in Slovenia
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Surface area of new educational facilities 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        14
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Reform of electricity supply to promote renewable energy sources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Additional power of new renewable self-supply power plants connected and operating
                     
                  
               
                     
                        209
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision of public rental housing
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Additional public housing rental dwellings 
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Instalment Amount
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        EUR 98.751.800
                     
                  
               
            
               2.6.Sixth Instalment (loan support):
            
            
                     
                        Sequential Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        16
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E: Production of electricity from renewable energy sources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Additional power from new renewable electricity generation installations
                        
                  
               
                     
                     
                        18
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        F: Further strengthening the electricity distribution network
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Length of new operational distribution network 
                        
                  
               
                     
                     
                        47 
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        F: Further reducing flood risks and reducing the risk to other climate-related disasters 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Population benefiting from flood protection projects
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        48
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        F: Further reducing flood risks and reducing the risk to other climate-related disasters 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of completed projects to reduce floods and landslides favouring, as far as possible, ‘nature based solutions’ and green infrastructures
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        51
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        H: Further projects for the discharge, treatment and re-use of urban waste water
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of completed urban waste water discharge and treatment projects 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        53
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        I: Further drinking water supply and savings projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of completed drinking water supply projects 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        68
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Further increasing railway infrastructure capacity
                     
                  
                  
                     
                     
                        Milestone
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed renovation of Ljubljana Railway Station
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        170
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        I: Further greening education infrastructure in Slovenia
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Surface area of new educational facilities 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                     
                        202
                     
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        B: Ensuring integrated treatment of persons in need of higher levels of long-term care and more complex nursing services
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Additional capacity of facilities for long-term care operational
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        204
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C: Ensuring a safe living environment for dependent persons
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Additional available places in institutional care facilities 
                     
                  
               
                     
                     
                        206
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Strengthening the stock of public rental housing 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Additional  public rental housing
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Instalment Amount
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        EUR 98.751.800
                     
                  
               
            
            
               SECTION 3: ADDITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS 
            
            
               1.Arrangements for monitoring and implementation of the recovery and resilience plan
            
         
         
            
               The monitoring and implementation of the recovery and resilience plan of Slovenia shall take place in accordance with the following arrangements: 
            
            
               ·The Office of the Implementation of the Recovery and Resilience Plan, Ministry of Finance shall be the Coordinating Authority and shall have the overall responsibility for monitoring and implementation of the plan as a whole. It shall monitor, verify and validate the achievement of milestones and targets and prepare and sign the management declaration. 
            
            
               ·Line ministries shall be responsible for the implementation of individual components of the recovery and resilience plan of Slovenia. They shall report to the Coordinating Authority on the progress of the implementation and on the achievement of milestones and targets. 
            
            
               ·National Cost Coordinator, Ministry of Finance, the Department for the Management of EU Funds: the coordinator shall be responsible for payments at national level and for the preparation and submission of payment requests to the European Commission. 
            
            
               ·The Budget Supervision Office, Ministry of Finance, in its role as the National Audit Coordinator, shall be responsible for carrying out audits and for drawing up a summary of audits. 
            
            
            
               2.Arrangements for providing full access by the Commission to the underlying data
            
            
               In order to provide full access to the Commission to the underlying relevant data, Slovenia shall have in place the following arrangements:
            
            
               Ministry of Finance, the Office for the Implementation of the RRP, as the central coordinating body for Slovenia’s recovery and resilience plan and its implementation, shall be responsible for overall coordination and monitoring of the plan. In particular, it shall act as a coordinating body for monitoring progress on milestones and targets. Controls shall be performed by the Coordinating Authority and the line ministries, whereas audits shall be the responsibility of the National Audit Coordinator. It shall coordinate the reporting of milestones and targets, all relevant indicators, but also qualitative financial information and other data, such as on final recipients. The data encoding shall take place in the IT system of the Ministry of Finance – MFERAC.
            
            
               In accordance with Article 24(2) of Regulation (EU) 2021/241, upon completion of the relevant agreed milestones and targets in Section 2.1 of this Annex, Slovenia shall submit to the Commission a duly justified request for payment of the financial contribution and, where relevant, of the loan. Slovenia shall ensure that, upon request, the Commission has full access to the underlying relevant data that supports the due justification of the request for payment, both for the assessment of the request for payment in accordance with Article 24(3) of Regulation (EU) 2021/241 and for audit and control purposes.
            
         
         
            
                  
                     (1)
                   Where the activity supported achieves projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not significantly lower than the relevant benchmarks an explanation of the reasons why this is not possible should be provided
               
               
                  
                     (2)
                   
                        Where the activity supported achieves projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not significantly lower than the relevant benchmarks an explanation of the reasons why this is not possible should be provided
               
               
                  
                     (3)
                   
                        Pursuant to Commission Recommendation (EU) 2020/1307 on a common Union toolbox for reducing the cost of deploying very high capacity networks and ensuring timely and investment-friendly access to 5G radio spectrum, to foster connectivity in support of economic recovery from the COVID-19 crisis in the Union.
               
               
                  
                     (4)
                   
                        Pursuant to Commission Recommendation (EU) 2020/1307 on a common Union toolbox for reducing the cost of deploying very high capacity networks and ensuring timely and investment-friendly access to 5G radio spectrum, to foster connectivity in support of economic recovery from the COVID-19 crisis in the Union.
               
               
                  
                     (5)
                   
                        Except projects under this measure in power and/or heat generation, as well as related transmission and distribution infrastructure, using natural gas, that are compliant with the conditions set out in Annex III of the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
               
               
                  
                     (6)
                   
                        Where the activity supported achieves projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not significantly lower than the relevant benchmarks an explanation of the reasons why this is not possible should be provided. Benchmarks established for free allocation for activities falling within the scope of the Emissions Trading System, as set out in the Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2021/447.
               
               
                  
                     (7)
                   
                        This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in plants exclusively dedicated to treating non-recyclable hazardous waste, and to existing plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency, capturing exhaust gases for storage or use or recovering materials from incineration ashes, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (8)
                   
                        This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in existing mechanical biological treatment plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency or retrofitting to recycling operations of separated waste to compost bio-waste and anaerobic digestion of bio-waste, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.